Contents
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/1
Electronic Relays,
Relay,
HMI,
Control, PLCs,
HMI Devices
Page
The electronic devices of Moeller simplify the
implementation of automation tasks. The
products range from easy to configure control
relays to IEC 61131-compliant compact or
modular PLCs and matching HMI systems.
Electronic relays
- Time accurate control
- Measuring and monitoring
- Reliable protection for man and
machine
Page 4/2
XC 100/200
Control
Relay
- Controlling, operating,
regulating, and display
- Parameter setting via
software or directly on
the device
- Communication via
Ethernet and standard
bus systems
- Compact PLC
- Programming with
easySoft-CoDeSys to
IEC 61131
- CANopen/easy-NET,
Ethernet on board
- Modular PLC
- Programming with
easySoft-CoDeSys to
IEC 61131
- CANopen, Ethernet,
Web-Server
Timing relay ETR
4/2
EMR Measuring and Monitoring Relays
4/2
ESR safety relays
4/2
easy Relay controllers
4/28
easy HMI Multi-function display
4/28
easy Control PLC
4/28
easy Connect SmartWire
4/28
Modular PLC XC 100/XC200
4/79
Compact PLC PS4
4/79
PS416 Modular PLCs
4/79
MI4 HMI devices
4/79
SN3 switched-mode power supply units
4/79
GD4, GW4 power supply units
4/79
Page 4/80
Page 4/40
Page 4/30
Power unit SN3
- Wide range input AC/DC
- Power reserves up to 50%
- Overload and short-circuit protected
Page 4/106
http://trainingscenter.moeller.net
Online Training Center – Everything about the easy product
family just a click away:
-
MI4 HMI devices
HMI
- Controlling, operating, regulating
and display
- Displaying texts, values and graphics
- Value entry
Page 4/36
- Text and touch operator panels
- Simple screen designing
- Wide range of communication options
Page 4/101
Comprehensive information on easy and easyHMI
Many application examples
Ready-to-use programs for download
Visit us also at: http://www.easy-forum.net and http://www.easy-forum.net/
The first official forum for the easy control relay.
Note: Available in German and English. This link is not part of moeller.net
Moeller GmbH does not accept any liability for the content and layout of the
pages linked here.
Switching, Controlling and Visualisation
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
4/2
Contents
Electronic relays
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Electronic relays
Ordering
Timing relays
http://catalog.moeller.net
Page
4/3
4/3
4/3
Description
Safety relays
4/6
4/6
Ordering
Safety relay
Measuring and Monitoring Relays
4/7
4/7
4/8
Engineering
Tripping characteristics
Flow Diagrams
4/11
4/11
4/12
Technical data
Timing relay
Safety relay
Current monitoring relays
Phase sequence monitoring relays
Phase monitoring relays
Phase imbalance monitors
Liquid level monitoring relays
Insulation monitoring relays
4/14
4/14
4/16
4/20
4/21
4/22
4/24
4/25
4/26
Dimensions
4/27
Ordering
Timing relays
Rated operational
current AC-11
220 V
230 V
240 V
Ie
A
DILET...
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
380 V
400 V
440 V
Ie
A
Conventional
thermal current
Time range
Part no.
Article no.
DILET11-30-A
048878
DILET11-30-W
048904
Price
see price
list
Std. pack
Function
Terminal marking according to EN 50042
1 off
fixed
11, On-delayed
Ith
A
Timing relays, On-delayed
3
3
6
1.5 – 30 s
3
3
6
1.5 – 30 s
3
3
6
3
3
6
0.05 – 1 s
0.15 – 3 s
0.5 – 10 s
3 – 60 s
0.15 – 3 min
0.5 – 10 min
3 – 60 min
0.15 – 3 h
0.5 – 10 h
3 – 60 h
15
A1
16
A2
DILET11-M-A
048886
DILET11-M-W
048891
Electronic relays
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/3
18
fixed
11, On-delayed
15
A1
16
A2
18
Multi-function relay with connection for remote potentiometer
3
3
6
3
3
6
0.05 – 1s
0.15 – 3 s
0.5 – 10 s
3 – 60 s
0,15 – 3 min
0.5 – 10 min
3 – 60 min
0.15 – 3 h
0.5 – 10 h
3 – 60 h
DILET70-A
048893
DILET70-W
048899
1 off
1 off
Adjustable
11, On-delayed
21, Fleeting contact on energization
42, Flashing
81, Pulse generating
ON-OFF
Z1
Z2
15
A1
A2
16
18
Adjustable
12, Off-delayed
16, On- and Off-delayed
22, Fleeting contact on de-energization
82, Pulse shaping
ON-OFF
Z1
Notes
Part no. suffix
-A
-W
A1
Y2
A2
Actuating voltage
V DC
V AC
24 – 240
24 – 240, 50/60 Hz
–
400, 50/60 Hz
Permissible cable length
Cable unscreened, with cable cross-section 0.5 – 1.5 mm
Two-core cable
Two-core cable in the same cable duct with mains cable, 50/60 Hz
Connection to
Y1/Y2, Z1/Z2
250 m
50 m
Accessories
Time functions
Sealable shroud
Potentiometer
Screw adapter
Blade terminals
Page
a Engineering
a 5/6
a 2/19
a 4/10
a 2/39
Z2
Y1
15
16
18
Ordering
Timing relays
Ordering
Timing relays
Electronic relays
ETR4..., ETR2...
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Rated operational
current AC-15
Conventional
thermal current
230 V
Ie
A
Ith
A
400 V
Ie
A
ETR4 electronic timing relays, 22.5 mm wide
Star-delta timing relays 3
3
6
Time range
3 – 60 s
http://catalog.moeller.net
24 – 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz,
24 – 240 V DC
Part no.
Price
Article no.
see price
list
400 V AC, 50/60 Hz
ETR4-51-A
031884
ETR4-51-W
031885
Part no.
Article no.
Price
see price
list
http://catalog.moeller.net
Std. pack
Function
1 off
Fixed
51, star-delta
3
3
6
Multi-function relay
3
3
6
Multi-function relay
with two changeover
contacts and
connection for
potentiometer. Can be
converted to two timed
contacts or one nondelayed contact and
one timed contact.
3
3
0.05 – 1 s
0.15 – 3 s
0.5 – 10 s
1.5 – 30 s
5 – 100 s
15 – 300 s
1.5 – 30 min
15 – 300 min
1.5 – 30 h
5 – 100 h
ETR4-11-A
031882
ETR4-11-W
031883
Fixed
11, On-delayed
ETR4-69-A
031891
ETR4-69-W
031887
Adjustable
11, on-delayed
21, Fleeting contact on
energization
42, Flashing, pulse
generating
81, Pulse generating
ON-OFF
A2/X1 linked
11, on-delayed
21, Fleeting contact on
energization
42, Flashing, pulse
generating
81, Pulse generating
ON-OFF
A2/X1 not linked
11, on-delayed
21, Fleeting contact on
energization
42, Flashing, pulse
generating
81, Pulse generating
ON-OFF
ETR2 electronic timing relays, 17.5 mm wide
On-delay
3
6
0.05 – 1 s
1.5 – 30 s
5 – 100 s
1.5 – 30 min
5 – 100 min
0.5 – 10 h
5 – 100 h
ETR2-11
262684
1 off
Fixed
11, on-delayed
18
X1
A2
Z1
X1
A2
15
16
A2
3
6
ETR2-42
262688
fixed
42, Flashing, pulse
generating
A1
flashing, 2 times
(ON/OFF-time variable)
3
6
ETR2-44
262730
fixed
44, Flashing, 2 speeds
can be set to either pulse or
pause starting
Multi-function relay
3
6
ETR2-69
262689
Adjustable
11, On-delayed
12, Off-delayed
21, Fleeting contact on
energization
42, Flashing, pulse
generating
25
18
26
16
28
21
15
18
22
24
A2/X1 linked
12, Off-delayed
16, On- and Off-delayed
22, Fleeting contact on deenergization
82, Pulse shaping
ON-OFF
A2/X1 not linked
12, Off-delayed
16, On- and Off-delayed
22, Fleeting contact on deenergization
82, Pulse shaping
ON-OFF
B1 A1
16
A2
Z1
Z2
B1
A1
X1
A2
Z1
Z2
B1
A1
X1
A2
16
16
18
16
18
22
15
16
18
18
15
18
A2
15
A1
16
Page
a Engineering
a 5/6
a 2/19
a 4/10
18
Adjustable
22, Fleeting contact on deenergization
82, Pulse shaping
82, Pulse shaping
15
16
B1 A1
A2
250 m
50 m
28
21
15
B1 A1
A2
26
15
16
Accessories
Time functions
Sealable shroud
Potentiometer
Screw adapter
B1, Z1/Z2
25
18
16
Connection to
24
Time functions
A2
A2
18
15
B1 A1
A2
Permissible cable
length
Cable unscreened, with
cable cross-section 0.5
– 1.5 mm2
Two-core cable
Two-core cable in the
same cable duct with
mains cable, 50/60 Hz
15
15
A1
A1
Flashing, pulse
generating
18
Z2
A1
Fixed
21, Fleeting contact on
energization
3
16
A1
ETR2-21
262687
Fleeting contact on
energization
Adjustable
12, Off-delayed
16, On- and Off-delayed
22, Fleeting contact on deenergization
82, Pulse shaping
ON-OFF
Z2
6
6
18
15
A2
Z1
28
16
A1
Fixed
12, Off-delayed
3
Notes
15
A1
ETR2-12
262686
Off-delay
Terminal marking
according to EN 50042
17
A2
ETR4-70-A
031888
6
Function
A1
A2
On-delayed
ETR4..., ETR2...
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Terminal marking
according to EN 50042
4/5
18
15
16
18
a Engineering
Electronic relays
4/4
4/6
Description
Safety relay
ESR4…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Electronic relays
Applications
http://catalog.moeller.net
Category according to EN 954-1
Electronic safety relays are used for monitoring safety-related control systems. The
requirements for the electrical equipment of machines are specified in IEC/EN
60204. The machine operator must assess the risk on his machine according to EN
954-1 and then manufacture the controls accordingly for the corresponding safety
category 1, 2, 3 or 4.
Construction
The electronic safety relay consists of a supply unit, the electronics and 2 redundant
relays with position operating contacts for the enabling and message circuits.
Product range overview
The range includes relays for:
Emergency-Stop circuits
The electronic safety relays are approved by employer´s liability insurance association or Technical Monitoring Service (TUV) and their internal assembly corresponds to
the requirements for category 4 according to EN 954-1. Combined with external wiring, which is the responsibility of the machine operator, the safety relay can be used
for categories 2 to 4.
The electronic safety relays are single-fault proof, i. e. one fault in the safety circuit
(e.g. a short-circuit in the emergency-stop circuit)does not cause hazardous conditions.
EN 954-1 excludes the possibility of two independent faults occurring at the same
time.
Stop category
IEC/EN 60204-1 defines two relevant stop categories for stopping in the event of an
emergency:
• Stop category 0: shut-down by means of immediate removal of the power supply to the machine actuators.
• Stop category 1: controlled stopping with power available to the machine actuators to achieve the stop. Power is not removed until the stop is achieved.
Basic devices and expansion modules are available for both categories.
Function
Protective guard monitoring
In fault-free operation, following the starting command, the safety circuits are monitored by the electronics, and the enabling paths are activated via the relays. Following the switch OFF command, and also in the event of a fault (earth fault, faulty
insulation, wire breakage, etc.), the enabling paths are blocked immediately (Stop
category 0) or with a time delay (Stop category 1) and the motor is disconnected
from the power supply. Since a short circuit in a redundant safety circuit does not
cause a hazardous condition, the fault is not detected until the system is reset, when
switching on is prevented.
Single/dual channel construction
Monitoring of two-hand controls
Contact expansion modules with and without delay are also available.
Safety relays for stopping in the event of an emergency and for monitoring of protective guards are available for single-channel and dual-channel applications. The
single-channel construction enables earth fault monitoring to be implemented for
the safety circuit. The dual-channel application provides a redundant EmergencyStop or protective guard monitoring circuit. This allows monitoring for short circuits
and cable insulation faults to be implemented as well. The device can also be used
with or without reset monitoring. Here, the device is not started and enabling paths
switched until the falling edge of the reset pushbutton has been detected. An application for the device without reset monitoring is for example, for monitoring of
protective doors for an automatic restart.
Ordering
Safety relay
ESR4...
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Actuating
voltage
Approval
Category to
EN 954-1
Uc
Safety relays for Emergency-Stop and protective door monitoring
Dual-channel
24 V DC,
24 V AC,
50/60 Hz
Can be used up to:
prEN ISO 13849-1
PL e (PL =
Performancy level)
EN 61508 SIL 3 (SIL
= Safety integrity
level) EN 62061
SILCL 3 (SILCL =
Safety integrity
level claim limit)
Signalling
Number of
enabling paths to contacts
IEC/EN 60204
Stop category
Part no.
Article no.
0
1
4
3
–
–
ESR4-NO-30-24VAC-DC
279368
115 V AC,
50/60 Hz
Dual-channel
4
3
–
–
ESR4-NO-30-115VAC
279410
230 V AC,
50/60 Hz
Dual-channel
4
3
–
–
ESR4-NO-30-230VAC
279369
24 V DC,
24 V AC,
50/60 Hz
Single-channel
2
3
–
1
ESR4-NO-31
214612
115 V AC,
50/60 Hz
Single-channel
2
3
–
1
ESR4-NO-31-115VAC
279367
230 V AC,
50/60 Hz
Single-channel
2
3
–
1
ESR4-NO-31-230VAC
279365
24 V DC,
24 V AC,
50/60 Hz
Dual-channel
4
2
–
1
ESR4-NO-21
214613
24V DC
Dual-channel,
Off-delayed,
0.15 – 3 s
4 (nondelayed)
3 (delayed)
2
1
–
ESR4-NV3-30
214616
24V DC
Dual-channel,
Off-delayed,
1.5 – 30 s
4 (nondelayed)
3 (delayed)
2
1
–
ESR4-NV30-301)
214617
24 V DC,
24 V AC,
50/60 Hz
Dual-channel
4
3
–
1
ESR4-NOE-31-24VAC-DC2)
106843
230 V AC,
50/60 Hz
Dual-channel
4
3
–
1
ESR4-NOE-31-230VAC2)
106844
24 V DC,
24 V AC,
50/60 Hz
Dual-channel
4
4
–
–
ESR4-NOE-40-24VAC-DC2)
106845
230 V AC,
50/60 Hz
Dual-channel
4
4
–
–
ESR4-NOE-40-230VAC2)
106846
24 V DC,
24 V AC
50/60 Hz
Dual-channel
4
2
–
1
ESR4-NZ-213)
214620
Non-delayed
4
4
–
2
ESR4-NE-424)
214614
Off-delayed, tA
=3s
4
–
4
2
ESR4-VE3-424)
214618
Safety relay
Two-hand relay
Contact expansion modules
24 V DC,
24 V AC
50/60 Hz
24V DC
Notes
1) Suitable
for LS-S-…MT-ZBZ safety position switch with interlocking option.
for lifts according to EN 81-1 and furnaces according to EN 50156-1 (Safety-level step 3).
3) Safety category to EN 954-1: The base unit determines the maximum safety category.
4) Stop category to EN 60204: The base unit determines the maximum safety category.
2) Approved
Price
see price
list
Electronic relays
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/7
4/8
Ordering
Measuring and monitoring relays
EMR4...
Electronic relays
Description
EMR4-I...current monitoring relays, single-phase
• Switching hysteresis adjustable
from 3 – 30 %
• Response delay 0.1 – 30 s
• Monitoring of one upper or lower
limit
• Extension of the measurement
range possible with current
transformers
Description
EMR4-F... phase sequence relays
• Monitors three-phase systems for
phase sequence and phase failure
(< 0.6 x Ue)
• Supply voltage = voltage being
monitored
EMR4-A... phase imbalance monitoring relays
• Monitors three-phase systems for
phase imbalance
• Detects phase failure even at 95%
regeneration of the failed phase
• Response delay: 0.5 s
• Switching threshold adjustable
from 5 – 15 % imbalance
• Phase sequence detection
• Supply voltage = voltage being
monitored
Description
EMR4-N... liquid level monitoring relays
• Monitors the level of conductive
liquids
• Monitors the ratio of mixtures of
conductive liquids
• Dual-voltage protection against
running dry or overflow
• Monitors the level of conductive
liquids
• Monitors the ratio of mixtures of
conductive liquids
• Selectable On-delay or Off-delay
between 0.5 – 10 s
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Current
measuring
range
Ih/I=
A
3 – 30 mA
10 – 100 mA
0.1 – 1 A
0.3 – 1.5 A
1–5A
3 – 15 A
0.3 – 1.5 A
1–5A
3 – 15 A
Monitoring
voltage
200 – 500 V AC
Contact sequence
B1 B2 B3
15
25
http://catalog.moeller.net
Supply voltage
Part no.
Article no.
24 – 240 V AC/DC
EMR4-I1-1-A
106942
1 off
24 – 240 V AC/DC
EMR4-I15-1-A
106943
1 off
220 – 240 V AC
EMR4-I15-1-B
106944
1 off
Supply voltage
Part no.
Article no.
200 – 500 V AC
EMR4-F500-2
221784
1 off
380 – 415 V
50 Hz
EMR4-A400-1
221788
1 off
160 – 300 V
50 Hz
300 – 500 V
50 Hz
EMR4-A300-1-C
290180
EMR4-A500-1-D
290181
Price
see price
list
Std. pack
C
A1
A2 16 18 26 28
Contact sequence
L1 L2 L3
1115
2125
Price
see price
list
Std. pack
1216 1418 2226 2428
380 – 415 V
50 Hz
L1 L2 L3
160 – 300 V
50 Hz
300 – 500 V
50 Hz
L1 L2 L3
Response
sensitivity range
O
Contact sequence
Supply voltage
Part no.
Article no.
5 kO – 100 kO
C MAX MIN
220 – 240 V AC
EMR4-N100-1-B
221789
220 – 240 V AC
EMR4-N500-2-B
221790
EMR4-N500-2-A
221791
15
16 18
25
16 18 26 28
A1
250 O – 500
kO
250 O – 500
kO
15
15
A2 16 18
C MAX MIN
15
25
24 – 240 V AC/DC
A1
A2 16 18 26 28
Price
see price
list
Std. pack
1 off
Ordering
Measuring and monitoring relays
Monitoring
voltage
Phase monitoring relay EMR4-(A)... RMQ-Titan
300 – 500 V
Single function • Three-phase
50/60 Hz
monitoring
– Phase
sequence
– Phase failure
– Overvoltage
– Undervoltage
– Asymmetry
2…15 %
• ON-delay or
160 – 300 V
OFF-delay
50/60 Hz
0.1 – 10 s
multifunctional
• Three-phase
monitoring
– Phase
sequence
– Phase failure
– Overvoltage
– Undervoltage
– Asymmetry
2…15 %
• ON-delay or
OFF-delay
0.1 – 10 s
• Power supply
from the
measuring
circuit
• EMR4-AWN...
with neutral
monitoring
EMR4...
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Threshold value
Umin 350 – 430 V AC
Umax 500 – 580 V AC
Contact sequence
L1 L2 L3
A1
Umin 160 – 220 V AC
Umax 220 – 300 V AC
Supply
voltage
Part no.
Article no.
300 – 500 V
AC
EMR4-W580-2-D
221787
25
160 – 300 V
50/60 Hz
EMR4-W300-1-C
290182
16 18 26 28
300 – 500 V
50/60 Hz
EMR4-W500-1-D
290183
15
25
Price
see price
list
Std. pack
1 off
Electronic relays
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/9
A2 16 18 26 28
L1 L2 L3
15
300 – 500 V
50/60 Hz
Umin 300 – 380 V AC
Umax 420 – 500 V AC
380V
50/60Hz
Umin 342 V AC, fixed
Umax 418 V AC, fixed
380V
50/60Hz
EMR4-W380-1
290184
400V
50/60Hz
Umin 360 V AC, fixed
Umax 440 V AC, fixed
400V
50/60Hz
EMR4-W400-1
290185
160 – 300 V
50/60 Hz
Umin 160 – 220 V AC
Umax 220 – 300 V AC
25
160 – 300 V
50/60 Hz
EMR4-AW300-1-C
290243
300 – 500 V
50/60 Hz
Umin 300 – 380 V AC
Umax 420 – 500 V AC
16 18 26 28
300 – 500 V
50/60 Hz
EMR4-AW500-1-D
290244
90 – 170 V
50/60 Hz
Umin 90 – 120 V AC
Umax 120 – 170 V AC
90 – 170 V
50/60 Hz
EMR4-AWN170-1-E
290245
180 – 280 V
50/60 Hz
Umin 180 – 220 V AC
Umax 240 – 280 V AC
180 – 280 V
50/60 Hz
EMR4-AWN280-1-F
290246
L1 L2 L3
L1 L2 L3
N
15
15
25
16 18 26 28
1 off
4/10
Ordering
measuring and monitoring relay, accessories
EMR4...
Electronic relays
Description
EMR-4R... insulation monitoring relays
• Monitors the insulation resistance in nonearthed DC suppy systems
• Selector switch between open-circuit or
closed-circuit principle
• With test and reset facilities
• Status indication via LEDs
• Monitors the insulation resistance
between non-earthed AC suppy systems
and protective conductor/earth
• Tripping function memory
• Insulation monitoring in 1- and 3-phase
AC supply systems
• Test via local test button or remote test/
operation
• Status indication via LEDs to VDE 0413 /
Part 2
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Insulation
resistance
range
O
Contact sequence
10 – 110 kO
L+ L–
15
R<
1 – 110 kO
A1
A2 16 18
L
15
R<
A1
Mounting width
Supply
voltage
Part no.
Article no.
24 – 240 V
AC/DC
EMR4-RDC-1-A
221792
24 – 240 V
AC/DC
EMR4-RAC-1-A
221793
http://catalog.moeller.net
Price
see price
list
Std. pack
1 off
A2 16 18
Part no.
Article no.
mm
Price
see price
list
Std. pack
EMR4-PH... sealable shroud
22.5
EMR4-PH22
221795
1 off
45
EMR4-PH45
221794
For use with
Part no.
Article no.
DILET...ETR4-70
M22-R10K
229491
M22S-R10K
232233
1 off
CS-TE
095853
10 off
Price
see price
list
Std. pack
Remote potentiometer, IP66
10 kO; 0.5 W max.
DILET...ETR4-70
1 off
Screw adapter
For screw fixing
EWDILETS4-VS3ETR4
Engineering
Characteristic curves
EMR4, DILET
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Load limit curves, 22.5 mm range
AC load (resistive)
U
[V]
DC load (resistive)
U
[V]
300
300
200
200
100
80
60
50
40
30
100
80
60
20
20
10
40
30
0.1
0.2
0.5
1
2
4
6
10
10
0.1
0.2
0.5
1
2
4
6
10
I [A]
I [A]
Derating factor with inductive AC load
F
Electronic relays
http://catalog.moeller.net
Contact life
1.0
S
0.9
106
8
6
0.8
4
0.7
3
0.6
2
Contact life
Operations S
220 V 50 Hz AC-1
360 operations/h
Derating factor F with
inductive load
0.5
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
105
1.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
cos v
I [A]
Load limit curves, 45 mm range
AC load (resistive)
U
[V]
DC load (resistive)
400
300
400
300
U
[V]
200
200
100
80
60
100
80
60
40
30
40
30
20
20
10
0.1
0.2
0.5
1
2
4
6
10
10
0.1
0.2
0.5
1
2
4
6
I [A]
Contact life
S
1.0
0.9
6
10
8
6
0.8
4
0.7
3
0.6
2
Derating factor F with
inductive load
0.5
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
10 5
1.0
Contact life
Operations S
220 V 50 Hz AC-1
360 operations/h
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
I [A]
cos v
Overload capacity of EMR4-I…
Current measuring ranges
EMR4-I1...
EMR4-I15...
1) keep
10
I [A]
Derating factor with inductive AC load
F
3...30 mA
10...100 mA
0.1...1 A
0.3...1.5 A
1...5 A
3...15 A
4/11
Input resistance Terminal conRi
figuration,
measuring
input
B1-C
3.3 O
B2-C
1O
B3-C
0.1 O
B1-C
0.05 O
B2-C
0.01 O
B3-C
0.0025 O
a side clearance of min. 10 mm when mounting
Long-term
overload
Overload for t <
1s
50 mA
150 mA
1.5 A
2A
7A
17 A1)
500 mA
1A
10 A
15 A
50 A
100 A
DILET (AC-11)
Component lifespan (operations)
Ie = Rated operational current
x 106
20
10
5
2
1
0.5
AC-11
0.2 240 V
0.1
0.01 0.02 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.5 1 2
5 10 A
Ie
Engineering
Flow Diagrams
Engineering
Flow Diagrams
DILET, ETR
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Electronic timing relays
Flow diagram
DILET
11 On-delayed
12 Off-delayed
16 On- and Off-delayed
A1-A2
15-18
t
http://catalog.moeller.net
DILET, ETR
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
21 Fleeting contact on energization
22 Fleeting contact on de-energization
A1-A2
A1-A2
A1-A2
A1-A2
Y1-Y2
Y1-Y2
15-18
Y1-Y2
15-18
t
LED
Electronic relays
http://catalog.moeller.net
15-18
t
t
15-18
42 Flashing, pulse initiating
A1-A2
15-18
t
t
t
15-18
0.5 s
t
t
LED
82 Pulse shaping
81 Pulse generating
A1-A2
t
t
LED
4/13
LED
LED
Electronic relays
4/12
LED
LED
On-Off function
A1-A2
A1-A2
15-18
Y1-Y2
15-18
OFF
ON
OFF
t
LED
LED
ETR2..., ETR4...
11 On-delayed
12 Off-delayed
16 On and off delayed
A1-A2
A1-A2
21 Fleeting contact on energization
A1-A2
A1-A2
15-18
B1
42 Flashing, pulse initiating
B1
t
t
15-18
t
t
t
t
Power LED
Rel LED
Rel LED
81 Pulse generating
15-18
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
LED
LED
Rel LED
51 Star-delta
82 Pulse shaping
A1-A2
A1-A2
15-18
Rel LED
Rel LED
A1-A2
15-18
Power LED
Power LED
Power LED
Power LED
15-18
43 Flashing, pause initiating
A1-A2
B1
15-18
44 Flashing, 2 speeds
22 Fleeting contact on de-energization
A1-A2
On-Off function
A1-A2
A1-A2
B1
17-18
17-28
A1-A2
A1-B1
15-18
t1
t2
t1
t2
t1
t
t2
15-18
0.5 s
15-18
Power LED
t
t
t2
t1
t2
t1
OFF
Power LED
Rel LED
LED
LED
15-18
t2
ON
Rel LED
Rel LED
t1
OFF
tu
Power LED
Power LED
Rel LED
A1-B1
15-18
Rel LED
ETR4-70...
A2/X1 linked
11 On-delayed
12 Off-delayed
16 On- and Off-delayed
A1-A2
15-18
(25-28)
t
t
Power LED
A1-A2
B1
B1
15-18
(25-28)
t
t
15-18
(25-28)
Power LED
Power LED
Rel 1,2 LED
Rel 1,2 LED
Rel 1,2 LED
82 Pulse shaping
21 Fleeting contact on energization
A1-A2
t
22 Fleeting contact on de-energization
42 Flashing
81 Pulse generating
A1-A2
A1-A2
A1-A2
A1-A2
15-18
(25-28)
B1
15-18
(25-28)
15-18
(25-28)
Power LED
t
15-18
(25-28)
t
t
t
t
0,5 s
t
Power LED
Power LED
Power LED
Rel 1,2 LED
Rel 1,2 LED
Rel 1,2 LED
Rel 1,2 LED
On-Off function
A1-A2
A1-A2
B1
15-18
(25-28)
15-18
(25-28)
t
Power LED
OFF
ON
OFF
Power LED
Rel 1,2 LED
ETR4-70...
A2/X1 not linked
11 On-delayed
Rel 1,2 LED
12 Off-delayed
16 On- and Off-delayed
A1-A2
15-18
t
21 Fleeting contact on energization
22 Fleeting contact on de-energization
A1-A2
A1-A2
A1-A2
A1-A2
B1
B1
15-18
B1
15-18
15-18
t
t
t
15-18
t
21-24
Power LED
21-24
Power LED
Power LED
Rel 1 LED
Rel 1 LED
Rel 2 LED
Rel 2 LED
Rel 1 LED
Rel 2 LED
82 Pulse shaping
Power LED
Rel 1 LED
Rel 2 LED
81 Pulse generating
A1-A2
t
t
t
A1-A2
B1
15-18
(25-28)
15-18
t
OFF
ON
OFF
21-24
Power LED
Power LED
Rel 1,2 LED
Rel 1 LED
15-18
t
t
21-24
21-24
Power LED
Rel 1 LED
Power LED
Rel 2 LED
Rel 1 LED
Rel 2 LED
On-Off function
A1-A2
A1-A2
15-18
0.5 s
t
21-24
21-24
42 Flashing
Circuitry and contact sequence diagrams for EMR4 and ESR a Installation
instructions (AWA) under www.moeller.net/support.
Search term
“EMR4” for Measuring and Monitoring Relays
“ESR4” for Safety relays
Flow diagrams, explanations
LED display
Time not running,
Contact 15-18 closed
Time running,
Contact 15-18 closed
Rel 2 LED
Time running,
Contact 15-18 not closed
21-24
Power LED
Rel 1 LED
Rel 2 LED
4/14
Technical Data
Timing relays
DILET…, ETR…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
DILET-A
Electronic relays
General
Standards
DILET-W
ETR4-A
http://catalog.moeller.net
ETR4-W
IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, UL, CSA
IEC/EN 60255, VDE 0435
ETR2
IEC/EN 61812,
VDE 0435
Lifespan, mechanical
AC operated
Operations
x 106
30
30
30
30
30
DC operated
Operations
x 106
30
30
30
30
30
Climatic proofing
Ambient temperature
Storage
Open
Enclosed
Mounting position
Mechanical shock resistance (IEC/EN 60068-2-27)
Half-sinusoidal shock, 20 ms
Make contact
Degree of protection
Terminals
Weight
Terminal capacities
Solid
Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78; Damp heat, cyclical, to IEC 60068-2-30
°C
°C
°C
–
–20…60
–20…45
As required
–
–20…60
–20…45
As required
45…60
–25…60
–25…45
As required
45…60
–25…60
–25…45
As required
40…85
–20…60
–20…60
As required
g
4
4
4
4
4
kg
IP 20
0.09
IP 20
0.09
IP 20
0.1
IP 20
0.1
IP 20
0.05
1 x (0.75 – 2.5)
2 x (0.75 – 2.5)
1 x (0.75 – 1.5)
2 x (0.75 – 1.5)
1 x (18 – 14)
1 x (0.75 – 2.5)
2 x (0.75 – 2.5)
1 x (0.75 – 1.5)
2 x (0.75 – 1.5)
1 x (18 – 14)
1 x (0.75 – 2.5)
2 x (0.75 – 1.5)
1 x (0.75 – 2.5)
2 x (0.75 – 1.5)
1 x (20 – 14)
1 x (0.75 – 2.5)
2 x (0.75 – 1.5)
1 x (0.75 – 2.5)
2 x (0.75 – 1.5)
1 x (20 – 14)
1 x (0.75 – 2.5)
2 x (0.75 – 1.5)
1 x (0.75 – 2.5)
2 x (0.75 – 1.5)
1 x (20 – 14)
V AC
6000
III/2
6000
III/2
6000
III/3
6000
III/3
4000
III/3
V AC
V AC
600
440
600
440
600
440
600
440
300
250
V AC
V AC
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
–
–
A
A
x Ie
48
50
1.1
48
50
1.1
48
50
1.1
48
50
1.1
–
30
–
A
A
x Ie
3
3
1.1
3
3
1.1
3
3
1.1
3
3
1.1
–
–
1.1
Ie
Ie
Ie
Ie
Ie
A
A
A
A
A
3
3
–
–
–
3
3
–
–
–
3
3
–
–
–
3
3
–
–
–
–
3
4
6
2
Ie
A
A
A
1.5
1.2
6
1.5
1.2
6
1.5
1.2
6
1.5
1.2
6
–
–
6
A gG/
gL
A gG/
gL
Type
6
6
6
6
10
6
6
6
6
6
–
–
FAZ-B4/1-HI
FAZ-B4/1-HI
–
mm2
Flexible with ferrule
mm2
Solid or stranded
AWG
Contacts
Rated impulse withstand voltage
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
Uimp
Rated insulation voltage
Ui
Rated operational voltage
Ue
Safe isolation to VDE 0106 Part 101 and Part 101/A1
between coil and auxiliary contacts
between the auxiliary contacts
Making capacity
AC-14 c = 0.3 440 V
AC-15 c = 0.3 220 V
DC-11 L/R – 40 ms
Breaking capacity
AC-14 c = 0.3 440 V
AC-15 c = 0.3 220 V
DC-11 L/R – 40 ms
Rated operational current
AC–-14 440 V
AC-15
220 V
AC12
AC-12 at 230 V
DC12
DC-13
24 V
DC–111) L/R max. 15 ms
24 V
L/R max. 50 ms
Conv. thermal current
Short-circuit rating without welding2)
Max. fuse, make contacts
Ith
Max. fuse, break contacts
max. overcurrent protective device, 220/
230 V
Notes
1) Making
2) When
and breaking conditions to DC-13, time constant as stated
supplied directly from mains or transformer > 1000 VA
Technical Data
Timing relays
DILET..., ETR...
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Magnet systems
Voltage tolerance
Pick-up voltage
AC operated
DC operated
Power consumption
Pick-up AC
Sealing AC
Pick-up DC
Sealing DC
Duty factor
Maximum operating frequency
Max. operating frequency
Electrical
Pick-up
Pick-up
DILET-A
DILET-W
ETR4-A
ETR4-W
ETR2
xU
x Uc
0.85…1.1
0.7…1.1
0.85…1.1
–
0.85…1.1
0.7…1.1
0.85…1.1
–
0.85…1.1
0.85…1.1
VA
VA
W
W
% DF
2
2
1.8
1.8
100
0.5
0.5
–
–
100
2
2
1.8
1.8
100
0.5
0.5
–
–
100
–
–
–
–
100
Ops/h
4000
4000
4000
4000
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
360: 8 A/250 V
7200: 120 mA/12 V
–
–
ms
ms
%
ms
50
30
F 0.5
70
50
–
F 0.5
70
50
30
F 0.5
70
50
–
F 0.5
70
20
20
F 0.5
50
ms
–
–
4
4
10
Operations/h
Operations/h
Minimum command time
AC
DC
Repetition accuracy (deviation)
Recovery time (after 100% time delay)
Contact changeover time
tu
Notes
1) Not
DILET...-W
50 ms
2) ETR4-51:
Electronic relays
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/15
4/16
Technical Data
Safety relay
ESR4...
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
ESR4-NO-30
Electronic relays
General
Standards
Lifespan, mechanical
Opera
tions
Maximum operating
frequency
Max. operating frequency
ESR4-NO-21
ESR4-NV3(30)-30
ESR4-NZ-21
ESR4-NE-42
ESR4-VE3-42
x 106
IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, IEC/EN 60255, UL, CSA, EN 954-1
1
10
10
10
10
10
10
Ops/h
3600
3600
3600
3600
°C
°C
Cold to: EN 60068-2-1, dry heat to: EN 60068-2-2, temperature change to: EN 60068-2-14, Damp heat to: EN 600682-30
–25…55
–25…55
–25…55
–25…55
–25…55
–25…55
–25…55
–25…75
–25…75
–25…75
–25…75
–25…75
–25…75
–25…75
Climatic proofing
Ambient temperature
Ambient temperature,
storage
ESR4-NO-31
http://catalog.moeller.net
3600
3600
3600
Mounting position
Vibration resistance
g
Degree of protection
Enclosures
Terminals
Protection against direct contact when actuated
from front (IEC 536)
As required
As required
As required
As required
5, to IEC/EN 60068-2-6; frequency: 10 – 55 Hz, amplitude: 0.35 mm
As required
As required
As required
IP40
IP40
IP40
IP 20
IP 20
IP 20
Finger- and back-of-hand proof
IP40
IP 20
IP40
IP 20
IP40
IP 20
IP40
IP 20
Weight
Terminal capacities
Solid core or stranded
kg
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
mm2
1 x (0.14 – 2.5)
2 x (0.14 – 0.75)
Flexible with ferrule
mm2
Solid or stranded
AWG
1 x (0.25 – 2.5)
2 x (0.25 – 0.5)
18…16
18…16
18…16
18…16
18…16
18…16
18…16
Terminal screw
Pozidriv screwdriver
Standard screwdriver
Size
mm
2
0.6 x 3.5
2
0.6 x 3.5
2
0.6 x 3.5
2
0.6 x 3.5
2
0.6 x 3.5
2
0.6 x 3.5
2
0.6 x 3.5
Max. tightening torque
Nm
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
III/3
III/2
300
III/3
III/2
300
III/3
III/2
300
III/3
III/2
300
III/3
III/2
300
III/3
III/2
300
Main conducting paths
Rated impulse withstand
Uimp
V AC
voltage
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
outside
inside
Rated insulation voltage
0.2
Ui
V AC
III/3
III/2
300
Ue
V AC
230
230
230
230
230
230
230
230 V (360
ops./h)
Ie
A
4
4
4
–
4
–
–
230 V (3600
ops./h)
Ie
A
3
3
3
4
3
6
6
A
4
4
4
5
4
6
6
A
2.5
2.5
2.5
–
2.5
3
3
A
A
A
12
–
8
12
8
–
12
–
–
12
–
–
12
–
–
12
–
–
12
–
–
A gG/gL
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
Rated operational voltage
Rated operational current
AC–15
DC-13
24 V (360
Ie
Ops./h)
24 V (3600
Ie
Ops./h)
Max. summation current of all poles
24 V AC/DC devices
115 … 120 V AC devices
230 V AC devices
Short-circuit protection
max. fuse
Technical Data
Safety relay
ESR4...
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
ESR4-NO-30
ESR4-NO-31
ESR4-NO-21
ESR4-NV3(30)-30
ESR4-NZ-21
ESR4-NE-42
ESR4-VE3-42
24
115
230
24
0.85…1.1
24
24
24
24
–
V DC
x Ue
24
115
230
24
0.85…1.1
24
0.85…1.1
24
0.85…1.1
24
0.85…1.1
24
0.85…1.1
24
0.85…1.1
VA
4.4/4.4/4.4
3.2/2.3/2.3
4.4
3.1
2.7
2.7
W
2.4/2.4
1.8/2.0/2.0
2.4
1.9
1.5
1.5
W
2.0
1.3
2.0
2.6
2.4
1
1
V DC
V DC
mA
O
F24
F40
40
70
F24
–
40
70
F24
–
50
70
F24
–
50
70
F24
–
60
70
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Short-circuit current
Fuse
A
W
1
Short-circuit
protected
1.4
24 V: PTC
resistance
230 V: shortcircuit proof
transformer
2.2
PTC resistor
2.2
PTC resistor
1
PTC resistor
–
–
Inputs
Rated current
mA
Y2: 90, Y3:
1500
S12: S22
S31: 40
S34, S35: 5
20 – 40
S12, S22, S31: 25;
S34, S35: 40
Y2: 60; Y11,
Y21: 60
65
65
30
–
–
–
Magnet systems
Actuating voltage 50/60 Hz
Actuating voltage
Voltage tolerance, Pick-up
V AC
Us
Power consumption
AC operated 50/60 Hz 24
V/230 V
AC operated 50/60 Hz 24
V/230 V
DC operated
Control circuit
Rated output voltage
No-load voltage
Rated current
Max. resistive load of the
cable
R
Response time with reset
monitoring
tA1
ms
S12, 31, 32,
33: 40, S34,
35: 5
20 – 40
Response time without
reset monitoring
tA2
ms
200 – 600
40
200 – 500
700
40
20
20
Reset time
tR/tR1
ms
<2
> 60
< 25
25/adjustable
< 50
40
Minimum contact closing
time
Recovery time
Synchronous monitoring
time
tM
ms
> 80
> 60
> 50
200
–
–
500, 1000,
2000, 3000
75
tW
tS
ms
ms
f 100
200
< 200
–
f 40
200
500
> 100, < 500
F 250
F 500
–
–
–
–
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Emitted interference
Interference immunity
40 (DC)
180 (AC)
to EN 50081-1 and EN 50081-2
EN 50082-2
Electronic relays
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/17
4/18
Technical Data
Safety relay
ESR4…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
ESR4-NOE-31
Electronic relays
General
Standards
Lifespan, mechanical
Maximum operating frequency
Max. operating frequency
Climatic proofing
Operations
Ops/h
Ambient temperature
Ambient temperature, storage
Mounting position
Vibrations (IEC/EN 60068-2-6)
Mechanical shock resistance (IEC 60068-2-27)
Degree of protection
Enclosures
Terminals
Protection against direct contact when actuated from
front (IEC 536)
Weight
Terminal capacities
Solid core or stranded
°C
°C
ESR4-NOE-40
IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, IEC/EN 60255, UL, CSA, EN 81-1
EN 954-1: category 4
prEN ISO 13849-1: PL e
IEC/EN 62061: SILCL 3
IEC/EN 61508: SIL 3
EN 50156-1: Safety level 3
10
10
3600
3600
Cold to: EN 60068-2-1, dry heat to: EN 60068-2-2, temperature change to: EN 600682-14, Damp heat to: EN 60068-2-30
–25…65
–25…65
–25…70
–25…70
As required
As required
5 … 9 Hz: 1 g
5 … 9 Hz: 1 g
9 … 150 Hz: 10
9 … 150 Hz: 10
15 g, 11 ms
15 g, 11 ms
IP40
IP 20
Finger- and back-of-hand proof
IP40
IP 20
Finger- and back-of-hand proof
kg
DC-device: 0.21
AC-device: 0.25
DC-device: 0.21
AC-device: 0.25
mm2
AWG
1 x (0.14 – 2.5)
2 x (0.14 – 0.75)
1 x (0.25 – 2.5)
2 x (0.25 – 0.5)
18…16
1 x (0.14 – 2.5)
2 x (0.14 – 0.75)
1 x (0.25 – 2.5)
2 x (0.25 – 0.5)
18…16
Size
mm
Nm
2
0.6 x 3.5
0.6
2
0.6 x 3.5
0.6
V AC
4000
4000
Ui
Ue
V AC
V AC
III/3
III/2
300
230
III/3
III/2
300
230
Ie
A
5
5
Ie
A
5
5
A
A
12
8
12
8
A gG/gL
8
8
mm2
Flexible with ferrule
Solid or stranded
Terminal screw
Pozidriv screwdriver
Standard screwdriver
Max. tightening torque
Main conducting paths
Rated impulse withstand voltage
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
outside
inside
Rated insulation voltage
Rated operational voltage
Rated operational current
AC–15
230 V (3600 ops./h)
DC-13
24 V (3600 Ops./h)
Max. summation current of all poles
24 V AC/DC devices
230 V AC devices
Short-circuit protection
max. fuse
x 106
http://catalog.moeller.net
Uimp
Technical Data
Safety relay
ESR4-…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Power supply circuit
Actuating voltage 50/60 Hz
Actuating voltage
Voltage tolerance, Pick-up
ESR4-NOE-40
V DC
x Ue
24
230
24
0.85…1.1
24
230
24
0.85…1.1
VA
W
W
2.9/2.4
1.6/2.1
1.6/-
2.9/2.4
1.6/2.1
1.6/-
V DC
V DC
mA
mA
O
A
F24
F40
S12, S52, S22: 25 S34: 5
S12, S52, S22, S34: 100
F25
1
F24
F40
S12, S52, S22: 25S34: 5
S12, S52, S22, S34: 100
F25
1
Electronic fuse
Transformer
Electronic fuse
Transformer
350
350
150…350
150…350
V AC
Us
Power consumption
AC operated 50/60 Hz 24 V/230 V
AC operated 50/60 Hz 24 V/230 V
DC operated
Control circuit
Rated output voltage
No-load voltage
Rated current
Peak current
Max. resistive load of the cable
Short-circuit current
Fuse
24 V
115 V/230 V
Synchronous monitoring time
Response time
Recovery time
Response time with reset monitoring
ESR4-NOE-31
R
tS
tA1
ms
ms
ms
ms
Response time without reset monitoring
tA2
ms
50…100
50…100
Reset time
Minimum contact closing time
tR/tR1
tM
ms
ms
<100
<100
Inputs
Response time with reset monitoring
tA1
ms
150…350
150…350
Response time without reset monitoring
tA2
ms
50…100
50…100
Permissible test pulse duration
Minimum contact closing time
Recovery time
Synchronous monitoring time
Reset time
tTP
tM
tW
tS
tR
ms
ms
ms
ms
F1
<100
Approx.F 750
F1
<100
Approx.F 750
10
10
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Emitted interference
Interference immunity
to EN 50081-1 and EN 50081-2
EN 50082-2
to EN 50081-1 and EN 50081-2
EN 50082-2
Notes
For additional technical data see installation instructions
Electronic relays
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/19
4/20
Technical Data
Current monitoring relays
EMR4-I...
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
EMR4-I1-1-A
Electronic relays
General
Standards
Lifespan, mechanical
Climatic proofing
Ambient temperature
Open
Storage
Mounting position
Shock resistance
Degree of protection
Weight
Terminal capacities
Solid
Flexible with ferrule
Standard screwdriver
Tightening torque
Fixing
Contacts
Rated impulse withstand voltage
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
Rated insulation voltage
Power supply
Supply voltage AC/DC
Voltage tolerance
Power consumption
Rated frequency
Duty factor
Timing cycle
Response delay time
Time error within supply voltage
Operations
°C
°C
kg
Ui
Time error within temperature range
Measuring circuits
Inputs
B1-C
B2-C
B3-C
Hysteresis
Measuring cycle
Temperature error
Error within supply voltage
Status indication
Supply voltage
Output relay energized
Measured value
Relay output contacts
Rated operational voltage
Rated operational current
AC-12 at 230 V
AC-15 with 230 V
DC-12 at 24 V
DC-13 at 24 V
Lifespan, electrical (AC-12/230 V/4 A)
Short-circuit rating
max. fuse
Load limit curves
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Electromagnetic compatibility
ESD
HF-immunity to radiation
Burst
Surge
HF-immunity to line-conducted interference
x 106
EMR4-I15-1-A
http://catalog.moeller.net
EMR4-I15-1-B
IEC/EN 60255-6, UL, CSA, GL
30
30
30
Damp heat, cyclical to IEC 60068-2-30: 24 h cycle, 55° C, 93% relative humidity, 96 h
–20…60
–20…85
As required
10 g
IP 20
0.3
–20…60
–20…85
As required
–20…60
–20…85
As required
IP 20
0.3
IP 20
0.3
mm2
mm2
mm
Nm
2 x 2.5
2 x 2.5
2 x 2.5/2 x AWG14
2 x 2.5/2 x AWG14
5.5 x 0.8
5.5 x 0.8
0.8
0.8
Snap fixing, top-hat rail IEC/EN 60715
2 x 2.5
2 x 2.5/2 x AWG14
5.5 x 0.8
0.8
V AC
V AC
2500/2000
III/3
600/250
2500/2000
III/3
600/250
2500/2000
III/3
600/250
V AC/DC
x Uc
VA
Hz
% DF
24240
0.85 – 1.1
2.6
50 – 60
100
24240
0.85 – 1.1
2.6
50 – 60
100
220…240
0.85 – 1.1
2.6
50 – 60
100
s
%
Adjustable from 0.1 – 30
F0.5
Adjustable from 0.1 – 30
F0.5
Adjustable from 0.1 – 30
F0.5
%/°C
F0.06
F0.06
F0.06
A
A
A
%
ms
%/°C
%
0.003 – 0.03
0.01 – 0.1
0.1 – 1
3…30
80
0.06
0.5
0.3 – 1.5
1–5
3 – 15
3…30
80
0.06
0.5
0.3 – 1.5
1–5
3 – 15
3…30
80
0.06
0.5
LED, green
LED, yellow
LED, red
LED, green
LED, yellow
LED, red
LED, green
LED, yellow
LED, red
Ue
V AC
250
250
250
Ie
Ie
Ie
Ie
Operations
A
A
A
A
x 106
4
3
4
2
0.1
4
3
4
2
0.1
4
3
4
2
0.1
Fast/gL
A
10
a Engineering
10
a Engineering
10
a Engineering
IEC/EN 60947-6-2
IEC/EN 61000-4-2 level 3
IEC/EN 61000-4-3 level 3
IEC/EN 61000-4-4 level 3
IEC/EN 61000-4-9 Level 3
IEC/EN 61000-4-6 level 3
IEC/EN 60947-6-2
IEC/EN 61000-4-2 level 3
IEC/EN 61000-4-3 level 3
IEC/EN 61000-4-4 level 3
IEC/EN 61000-4-9 Level 3
IEC/EN 61000-4-6 level 3
IEC/EN 60947-6-2
IEC/EN 61000-4-2 level 3
IEC/EN 61000-4-3 level 3
IEC/EN 61000-4-4 level 3
IEC/EN 61000-4-9 Level 3
IEC/EN 61000-4-6 level 3
Technical data
Phase sequence relays
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/21
EMR4-F
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
General
Standards
Lifespan, mechanical
Climatic proofing
Ambient temperature
Mounting position
Mechanical shock resistance
Degree of protection
Weight
Terminal capacities
Operations
x 106
Open
Storage
°C
°C
g
Terminals
kg
mm2
mm2
mm
Nm
Solid
Flexible with ferrule
Standard screwdriver
Tightening torque
Fixing
Contacts
Rated impulse withstand voltage
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
Rated insulation voltage
IEC/EN 60255-6, EN 61 557, UL, CSA, GL
30
Damp heat, cyclical to IEC 60068-2-30: 24 h cycle, 55° C, 93% relative
humidity, 96 h
–20…60
–40…80
As required
10
IP 20
0.15
2 x 2.5
2 x 2.5/2 x AWG14
5.5 x 0.8
0.5 – 0.8
Snap fixing, top-hat rail IEC/EN 60715
Uimp
V AC
Ui
V AC
4000
III/3
400
Power supply
Supply voltage AC
Voltage tolerance
V AC
x Uc
200…500
0.85 – 1.1
Power consumption
Rated frequency
Duty factor
VA
Hz
% DF
15
50 – 60
100
V AC
Hz
ms
%/°C
%
200 – 500
50 – 60
500
0.06
0.5
Measuring circuits
Monitoring voltage
Frequency
Measuring cycle
Temperature error
Error within supply voltage
Un
Status indication
Output relay energized
Relay output contacts
Rated operational voltage
Rated operational current
AC-12 at 230 V
AC-15 with 230 V
DC-12 at 24 V
DC-13 at 24 V
Lifespan, electrical (AC-12/230 V/4 A)
Short-circuit rating
max. fuse
Load limit curves
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Electromagnetic compatibility
ESD
HF-immunity to radiation
Burst
Surge
HF-immunity to line-conducted interference
LED, yellow
Ue
Ie
Ie
Ie
Ie
Operations
V AC
A
A
A
A
x 106
500
4
3
4
2
0.3
Fast/gL
A
10
a Engineering
IEC/EN 60947-6-2
IEC/EN 61000-4-2 level 3
IEC/EN 61000-4-3 level 3
IEC/EN 61000-4-4 level 3
IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Level 4
IEC/EN 61000-4-6 level 3
Electronic relays
EMR4-F500-2
4/22
Technical Data
Phase monitoring relays
EMR4-W...
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
EMR4-W300-1-C
EMR-W380-1
EMR4-W400-1
EMR4-W500-1-D
EMR-W580-2-D
EMR-AW(N)…
IEC/EN 60255-6, IEC2556, UL, CE
30
IEC/EN 60255-6, IEC2556, UL, CE
30
IEC/EN 60255-6, EN
61557, UL, CSA, GL
30
IEC/EN 60255-6, IEC2556, UL, CE
30
Damp heat, cyclical to
IEC 60068-2-30: 24 h
cycle, 55° C, 93%
relative humidity, 96 h
Damp heat, cyclical to
IEC 60068-2-30: 24 h
cycle, 55° C, 93%
relative humidity, 96 h
Damp heat, cyclical to
IEC 60068-2-30: 24 h
cycle, 55° C, 93%
relative humidity, 96 h
Damp heat, cyclical to
IEC 60068-2-30: 24 h
cycle, 55° C, 93%
relative humidity, 96 h
–20…60
–20…60
As required
10 g
–20…60
–20…60
As required
10 g
–25…65
–40…85
As required
10 g
–20…60
–20…60
As required
IEC/EN 60255-21-12,
Class 2
kg
IP 20
IP 50
0.13
IP 20
IP 50
0.13
IP 20
IP 50
0.3
IP 20
IP 50
0.14
mm2
2 x 2.5
2 x 2.5
2 x 2.5
2 x 2.5
mm2
2 x 2.5/2 x AWG14
2 x 2.5/2 x AWG14
2 x 2.5
2 x 2.5/2 x AWG14
mm
Nm
5.5 x 0.8
0.5 – 0.8
Snap fixing, top-hat rail
IEC/EN 60715
5.5 x 0.8
0.5 – 0.8
Snap fixing, top-hat rail
IEC/EN 60715
5.5 x 0.8
0.5 – 0.8
Snap fixing, top-hat rail
IEC/EN 60715
5.5 x 0.8
0.5 – 0.8
Snap fixing, top-hat rail
IEC/EN 60715
V AC
4000
4000
4000
4000
III/3
III/3
III/3
III/3
Electronic relays
General
Standards
Lifespan, mechanical
Operations
x 106
Climatic proofing
Ambient temperature
Open
Storage
Mounting position
Shock resistance
°C
°C
Degree of protection
Terminals
Enclosures
Weight
Terminal capacities
Solid
Flexible with ferrule
Standard screwdriver
Tightening torque
Fixing
Contacts
Rated impulse withstand voltage
Overvoltage category/pollution
degree
Rated insulation voltage
Uimp
Ui
http://catalog.moeller.net
V AC
600
600
400
600
Power supply
Supply voltage
V AC
160 … 300380400
300 … 500
300 … 500
Voltage tolerance
Power consumption
Rated frequency
Duty factor
x Uc
VA
Hz
% DF
0.85 – 1.1
3
50 – 60
100
0.85 – 1.1
3
50 – 60
100
0.85 – 1.1
3
50 – 60
100
160 … 300300 … 500
90 … 170180 … 280
0.85 – 1.1
20
50 – 60
100
Timing cycle
Response delay time
Reset delay/Off-delay time
Time error within supply voltage
s
s
%
Adjustable 0.1 – 10
Adjustable 0.1 – 10
0.5
Adjustable 0.1 – 10
Adjustable 0.1 – 10
0.5
Adjustable 0.1 – 10
Adjustable 0.1 – 10
0.5
Adjustable 0.1 – 10
Adjustable 0.1 – 10
0.5
%/°C
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.06
160…220
342
360
220…300
418
440
0…5
50/60 g 10 %
300…380
350…430
420…500
500…580
0…5
50/60 g 10 %
0…5
50/60 g 10 %
160…220
300…380 90…120
180…220
220…300
420…500
120…170 240…280
0…5
50/60 g 10 %
2 – 15, from mean value
of the phase voltage
Time error within temperature
range
Measuring circuits
Response range for undervoltage
Umin
V AC
Response range for overvoltage
Umax
V AC
Hysteresis
Frequency
Phase imbalance level adjustable
%
Hz
%
Measuring cycle
Temperature error
ms
%/°C
50
0.06
50
0.06
50
0.06
50
0.06
Error within supply voltage
%
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
Technical Data
Phase monitoring relays
Status indication
Supply voltage
Output relay energized
Overvoltage
Undervoltage
Phase failure
Phase sequence error
Relay output contacts
Rated operational voltage
Rated operational current
AC-12 at 230 V
AC-15 with 230 V
DC-12 at 24 V
DC-13 at 24 V
Lifespan, electrical (AC-12/230 V/5 A)
EMR4-W...
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
EMR4-W300-1-C
EMR-W380-1
EMR4-W400-1
EMR4-W500-1-D
EMR-W580-2-D
EMR-AW(N)…
LED green: R on
LED green: R flashes
LED red: F1 on
LED red: F2 on
LED red: F1 on, F2
flashes
LED red: F1, F2 flashing
LED green: R on
LED green: R flashes
LED red: F1 on
LED red: F2 on
LED red: F1 on, F2
flashes
LED red: F1, F2 flashing
LED, green
LED, yellow
LED >U, red
LED <U, red
LED P, red
LED P, red
LED green: R on
LED green: R flashes
LED red: F1 on
LED red: F2 on
LED red: F1 on, F2
flashes
LED red: F1, F2 flashing
Ue
V AC
250
250
500
250
Ie
Ie
Ie
Ie
Operati
ons
A
A
A
A
x 106
4
3
4
2
0.1
4
3
4
2
0.1
5
3
5
2.5
0.1
4
3
4
2
0.1
Fast/gL
A
5
5
5
10
Load limit curves
a Engineering
a Engineering
a Engineering
a Engineering
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Electromagnetic compatibility
IEC/EN 60947-6-2
ESD
HF-immunity to radiation
IEC/EN 61000-4-2 level 3
IEC/EN 61000-4-3 level 3
Burst
Surge
HF-immunity to line-conducted
interference
IEC/EN 61000-4-4 level 3
IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Level 4
IEC/EN 61000-4-6 level 3
Short-circuit rating
max. fuse
Electronic relays
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/23
4/24
Technical Data
Phase imbalance monitor
EMR4-A
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Electronic relays
General
Standards
Lifespan,
mechanical
Climatic proofing
Operatio
ns
x
106
EMR4-A400-1
EMR-A300-1-C,
EMR4-A500-1-D
IEC/EN 60255-6,
EN 61557, UL,
CSA, GL
IEC/EN 60255-6,
IEC255-6, UL, CE
30
30
Damp heat, cyclical to IEC 60068-2-30:
24 h cycle, 55° C, 93% relative
humidity, 96 h
Ambient temperature
Open
Storage
Mounting position
°C
°C
Shock resistance
Degree of protection
Terminals
Enclosures
Weight
Terminal capacities
Solid
–20…60
–40…80
As required
–20…60
–20…60
As required
10 g
IEC/EN 60255-2112, Class 12
kg
IP 20
IP 50
0.3
mm2
2 x 2.5
mm2
2 x 2.5
2 x 2.5/2 x
AWG14
Standard
screwdriver
mm
5.5 x 0.8
5.5 x 0.8
Tightening torque
Fixing
Nm
0.5 – 0.8
0.5 – 0.8
Snap fixing, top-hat rail IEC/EN 60715
V AC
4000
Flexible with
ferrule
Contacts
Rated impulse
withstand voltage
Uimp
Overvoltage category/pollution
degree
Rated insulation
Ui
voltage
Power supply
Supply voltage AC
Voltage tolerance
Power consumption
Rated frequency
f
Duty factor
IP 20
IP 50
0.13
4000
EMR4-A400-1
Measuring circuits
Monitoring voltage
Un
380 – 415
Frequency
Phase imbalance level
adjustable
Hz
%
50
5 – 15
Switching hysteresis
Temperature error
%
%/°C
20
0.06
50/60 g 10 %
2 – 15, from
mean value of
phase voltage
20
0.06
Error within supply
voltage
%
0.5
0.5
LED, yellow
LED green: R
flashes
LED green: R on
Status indication
Output relay energized
Supply voltage
Phase failure
LED red: F1 on, F2
flashes
Phase sequence error
LED red: F1, F2
flashes
Relay output contacts
Rated operational
Ue
voltage
Rated operational current
AC-12 at 230 V
Ie
AC-15 with 230 V Ie
DC-12 at 24 V
Ie
DC-13 at 24 V
Ie
Lifespan, electrical
Operati
(AC-12/230 V/4 A)
ons
Short-circuit rating
max. fuse
Fast/gL
V AC
500
500
A
A
A
A
x 106
4
3
4
2
0.3
4
3
4
2
0.1
A
10
10
III/3
Load limit curves
V AC
600
600
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
V AC
x Uc
VA
Hz
380…415
0.8 – 1.2
15
50
160…300…500
0.8 – 1.2
20
50
% DF
100
100
Response delay time
s
%
0.5 indication of
phase balance
0.5
Adjustable from
0.1 – 10 s
0.5
Time error within supply
voltage
Time error within temperature
range
%/°C
0.06
0.06
EMR-A300-1-C,
EMR4-A500-1-D
V AC
III/3
Timing cycle
http://catalog.moeller.net
a Engineering
Electromagnetic
compatibility
ESD
IEC/EN 60947-6-2
HF-immunity to
radiation
Burst
IEC/EN 61000-4-3 level 3
Surge
IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Level 4
HF-immunity to lineconducted interference
IEC/EN 61000-4-6 level 3
IEC/EN 61000-4-2 level 3
IEC/EN 61000-4-4 level 3
Technical Data
Liquid level monitoring relay
EMR4-N...
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
EMR4-N100-1-B
General
Standards
Lifespan, mechanical
Climatic proofing
Ambient temperature
Mounting position
Mechanical shock resistance
Degree of protection
Weight
Terminal capacities
Operations
x 106
Open
Storage
°C
°C
g
Terminals
kg
mm2
Solid
EMR4-N500-2-B
EMR4-N500-2-A
IEC/EN 60255-6, EN 61557, UL, CSA, GL
30
30
30
Damp heat, cyclical to IEC 60068-2-30: 24 h cycle, 55° C, 93% relative
humidity, 96 h
–20…60
–25…65
–25…65
–20…80
–20…85
–20…85
As required
As required
As required
10
10
10
IP 20
IP 20
IP 20
0.15
0.3
0.3
2 x 2.5
2 x 2.5
2 x 2.5
mm2
mm
Nm
2 x 2.5/2 x AWG14 2 x 2.5/2 x AWG14
5.5 x 0.8
5.5 x 0.8
0.5 – 0.8
0.5 – 0.8
Snap fixing, top-hat rail IEC/EN 60715
2 x 2.5/2 x AWG14
5.5 x 0.8
0.5 – 0.8
Uimp
V AC
Ui
V AC
4000
III/3
400
4000
III/3
400
4000
III/3
400
Power supply
Supply voltage AC/DC
Supply voltage AC
Voltage tolerance
Power consumption
Rated frequency
Duty factor
V AC/DC
V AC
x Uc
VA
Hz
% DF
220…240
0.85 – 1.1
2.5
50 – 60
100
220…240
0.85 – 1.1
3
50 – 60
100
Timing cycle
Response delay time
Reset delay/Off-delay time
s
s
Flexible with ferrule
Standard screwdriver
Tightening torque
Fixing
Contacts
Rated impulse withstand voltage
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
Rated insulation voltage
Measuring circuits
Sensor inputs
B1
B2
B3
Response range
Sensor voltage
Reset range
Sensor current
Cable capacity
Cable length
Response delay/On-delay
kO
V AC
kO
mA
nF
m
ms
Status indication
Supply voltage
Output relay energized
Relay output contacts
Rated operational voltage
Rated operational current
AC-12 at 230 V
AC-15 with 230 V
DC-12 at 24 V
DC-13 at 24 V
Lifespan, electrical (AC-12/230 V/5 A)
Short-circuit rating
max. fuse
Load limit curves
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Electromagnetic compatibility
ESD
HF-immunity to radiation
Burst
Surge
HF-immunity to line-conducted interference
24240
0.85 – 1.1
2
50 – 60
100
Adjustable, 0.1 – 10
Adjustable, 0.1 – 10
Earth reference sensor
Maximum level
Minimum level
5 – 100
5 – 100
30
20
1.32.3
1
10
100
250
5 – 100
20
LED, green
LED, yellow
LED, green
LED, yellow
LED, green
LED, yellow
Ue
Ie
Ie
Ie
Ie
Operations
V AC
A
A
A
A
x 106
250
4
3
4
2
0.3
400
5
3
5
2.5
0.1
400
5
3
5
2.5
0.1
Fast/gL
A
10
a Engineering
5
5
IEC/EN 60947-6-2
IEC/EN 61000-4-2 level 3
IEC/EN 61000-4-3 level 3
IEC/EN 61000-4-4 level 3
IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Level 4
IEC/EN 61000-4-6 level 3
Electronic relays
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/25
4/26
Technical Data
Insulation monitoring relay
EMR4-R...
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
EMR4-RDC-1-A
Electronic relays
General
Standards
Lifespan, mechanical
Climatic proofing
Ambient temperature
Mounting position
Mechanical shock resistance
Degree of protection
Weight
Terminal capacities
Operations
x 106
Open
Storage
°C
°C
g
Terminals
kg
mm2
mm2
mm
Nm
Solid
Flexible with ferrule
Standard screwdriver
Tightening torque
Fixing
Contacts
Rated impulse withstand voltage
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
Rated insulation voltage
Uimp
V AC
Ui
Power supply
Supply voltage AC/DC
Voltage tolerance
Power consumption
Rated frequency
Duty factor
Timing cycle
Time delay/Delay time
At Risolation
x response value
Measuring circuits
Input
Response range
Min. internal resistance of alternating current
Min. internal resistance of direct current
Minimum internal resistance
Test resistance
Insulation voltage
AC
DC
Voltage being monitored/test voltage
Cable length for cancellation- and test button
AC-12 at 230 V
AC-15 with 230 V
DC-12 at 24 V
DC-13 at 24 V
Lifespan, electrical (AC-12/230 V/5 A)
Short-circuit rating
max. fuse
Load limit curves
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Electromagnetic compatibility
ESD
HF-immunity to radiation
Burst
Surge
HF-immunity to line-conducted interference
Ue
Ie
Ie
Ie
Ie
Operations
Fast/gL
EMR4-RAC-1-A
IEC/EN 60255-6, EN 61557, UL, CSA, GL
30
30
Damp heat, cyclical to IEC 60068-2-30: 24 h cycle, 55° C, 93%
relative humidity, 96 h
–25…65
–25…65
–20…85
–20…85
As required
As required
10
10
IP 20
IP 20
0.3
0.3
2 x 2.5
2 x 2.5
2 x 2.5/2 x AWG14
2 x 2.5/2 x AWG14
5.5 x 0.8
5.5 x 0.8
0.5 – 0.8
0.5 – 0.8
Snap fixing, top-hat rail IEC/EN 60715
V AC
4000
III/3
400
4000
III/3
400
V AC/DC
x Uc
VA
Hz
% DF
24240
0.85 – 1.1
5.5
50 – 60
100
24240
0.85 – 1.1
4.5
50 – 60
100
s
s
1
0.9
1
0.9
L+, L-, PE
10 – 110
L, PE
1 – 11
100
100
kO
kO
kO
kO
kO
V AC
V DC
V
m
Status indication
Supply voltage
Error
Fault at L+
Fault at LRelay output contacts
Rated operational voltage
Rated operational current
http://catalog.moeller.net
V AC
A
A
A
A
x 106
A
57
0.82
415
300
24 – 240
10
F 30
10
LED, green
LED, yellow
LED, red
LED, red
LED, green
LED, red
LED, red
LED, red
400
5
3
5
2.5
0.1
5
a Engineering
320
5
3
3
2.5
0.1
5
IEC/EN 60947-6-2
IEC/EN 61000-4-2 level 3
IEC/EN 61000-4-3 level 3
IEC/EN 61000-4-4 level 3
IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Level 4
IEC/EN 61000-4-6 level 3
Dimensions
http://catalog.moeller.net
DILET, ETR, ESR, EMR
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Electronic timing relays
DILET...
4/27
DILET... + HDILE
45
52
50
65,3
45
ETR4-...
M4
45
58
58
43
Electronic relays
5,5
35
ETR2-...
103
98
45
78
82.5
70
22.5
17.5
5
43.4
58
96.5
93.3
63
22.5
82.5
66.7
48.3
Electronic Safety Relays
ESR4-...
6.4
75.3
93.6
114
Measuring and monitoring relays
EMR4-...
109.5
EMR4-F500-2
EMR4-W...1...
EMR4-W...2...
EMR4-A...1...
EMR4-N100-1-B
EMR4-N500...
EMR4-R...
EMR4-AW...
102
b
78
a
22.5
45
5.5
1
100
Sealable shrouds
EMR4-PH...
68.5
68.5
o 29.5
Potentiometer
M22-R...K...
29.7
1–6
32.9
29.2
22.5
20
45
20
a
K
K
b
K
K
K
K
K
K
4/28
Contents
easy Relay, easy MFD, easy Control
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
http://catalog.moeller.net
Page
easy Relay
Technical overview
Functions overview
System overview
Ordering
Base units
easy500
easy700
easy800
Accessories
Technical data
Base units
easy…
easy…-DA…
easy…-AB…
easy…-DC…
easy…-AC…
Bus modules
Relay outputs
Transistor outputs
Ethernet gateway, upstream devices, SmartWire module
Switched-mode power supply units
Dimensions
4/29
4/30
4/32
4/33
4/34
4/45
4/49
4/51
4/52
4/53
4/55
4/69
4/62
4/64
4/71
Page
easy MFD
Technical overview
Functions overview
System overview
Ordering
Expansions, bus modules, Ethernet gateways
Display/operating unit, CPU
I/O modules
Accessories
Technical data
Display/operating units, CPU, communication modules
CPU, communication modules
I/O modules
Relay outputs
Transistor outputs
Bus modules
Ethernet gateway, upstream devices, SmartWire module
Switched-mode power supply units
Dimensions
4/29
4/36
4/35
4/38
4/39
4/45
4/56
4/56
4/59
4/62
4/64
4/69
4/71
4/73
4/76
4/73
4/75
Page
easy Control
System overview
Programmable logic controllers
Ordering
Base units
Expansions, bus modules, Ethernet gateways
Accessories
Technical data
Programmable logic controllers
Relay outputs
Transistor outputs
Bus modules
Ethernet gateway, upstream devices, SmartWire module
Switched-mode power supply units
Dimensions
Page
4/40
4/42
4/45
4/66
4/62
4/64
4/69
4/71
4/73
4/76
SmartWire
System overview
easy Connect SmartWire
Ordering
easy Connect SmartWire Gateway
Technical data
Dimensions
4/43
4/44
4/71
4/75
Technical overview
Functions overview
MFD-…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Functions
easy500/700
easy800
MFD-...CP8...
Counter relay
(up, down counting)
Frequency counter
High-speed counter
Incremental counter
Operating hours counter
16 (0 … 32,000, max. 1 kHz)
32 ( g231)
32 ( g231)
Weekly timer (4 channels per timer,
each channel offers one On/Off time)
Year time switch
Set cycle time
Timing relay
8
32
8
–
16
(0.01 s … 99 h 59 min)
32
1
1
32 (0.005 s … 2³² min), On-delayed and/or off-delayed
(optionally: random switching), single pulse, flashing
Program sequencing functions
Jump
Conditional jump
Master reset
8
–
3
32
32
32
32
32
32
Maths functions
Analog value comparator
16
32
32
Arithmetic
–
32 (ADD, SUB, MUL, DIV)
PID controller
PT1 signal smoothing filter
Value scaling
Numerical converter
Pulse output
Pulse width modulation
Value limitation
Block comparison
Block transfer
Boolean sequence
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
32
32
32
32
2
2
32
32
32
32 (AND, OR, NOT)
32 (ADD, SUB, MUL, DIV)
32
32
32
32
–
2
32
32
32
Comparators
Data function block
Data multiplexer
Shift register
Table function
Get value from NET
Put value on NET
Bit output via NET
Bit input via NET
Diagnostic alarm
Serial protocol
Synchronize clock via NET
Text display
(can be edited via software)
Static text
Message text
Screen menu
Running text
Rolling text
Date and time information
Year time switch entry
Latching button
Button field
Timing relay value entry
Value entry
7-day time switch entry
Enter counter value/reference value/
OT
Bit display
Message bitmap
Bar graph
Numerical value
Timing relay value display
16
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
16 x (4 x 12 characters)
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
9
32
1
32 x (4 x 16 characters)
Actual values
Date and time
Yes
Yes
Counter functions
Timing functions
Memory functions
Communication functions
Text functions
Value entry functions
Value display functions
–
4 (max. 5 kHz)
4 (max. 3 kHz)
–
4 (max. 5 kHz)
4 (max. 3 kHz)
–
2 (max. 3 kHz)
2 (max. 3 kHz)
4 (operating hours value is stored super-retentively (e.g also with program change)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
32
32 (AND, OR, NOT)
32
32
–
32
32
32
32
32
32
9
–
1
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
easy Relay, easy MFD
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/29
4/30
System overview
easy control relays
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
http://catalog.moeller.net
2
2
1
easy Relay
3
5
6
4
4
6
5
C
ES
C
ES
7
8
9
10
T
AL
L
DE
OK
11
POW
12
ERR
13
MS
POWER
BUS
COM-ERR
ADR
8
NS
System overview
easy control relay
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Detachable display
Ethernet gateway
MFD(-AC)-CP4-500
1
24 V DC
100/240 V AC
Serial interface
Spring-loaded terminals
Text display for MFD-80-(B) for easy500/
easy700
Intgrated connection cable (5 m, can be
cut to length)
MFD(-AC)-CP4-800
3
24 V DC
100/240 V AC
Serial interface
Spring-loaded terminals
Text display MFD-80(-B) for easy800/
MFD-…-CP8-…
Intgrated connection cable (5 m, can be
cut to length)
a page 4/45
a Page 4/35
EASY209-SE
24 V DC
2
Serial interface
Protocols: ARP, Auto-IP, DHCP, HTTP,
ICMP, SNMP, TCP, Telnet, TFTP, UDP
a Page 4/35
easy Relay
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/31
Basic devices
easy500
Stand alone
4
easy700
5
Expandable: Inputs/outputs and bus systems
easy800
6
Expandable:
Inputs/outputs and Bus systems
easy-NET on board
12 V DC = EASY…-DA-…
24 V DC = EASY…-DC-…
24 V AC = EASY…-AB-…
100/240 V AC = EASY…-AC…
12 digital inputs
4 usable as analog inputs (all DC versions)
6 relay outputs (max. 10 A) or
8 transistor outputs
1 analog output, optional on DC versions
12 V DC = EASY…-DA-…
24 V DC = EASY…-DC-…
24 V AC = EASY…-AB-…
100/240 V AC = EASY…-AC…
8 digital inputs
2 usable as analog inputs (all AB, DA or
DC versions)
4 relay outputs (max. 10 A) or
4 transistor outputs
12 V DC = EASY…-DA-…
24 V DC = EASY…-DC-…
24 V AC = EASY…-AB-…
100/240 V AC = EASY…-AC…
12 digital inputs
4 usable as analog inputs (all AB, DA or
DC versions)
6 relay outputs (max. 10 A) or
8 transistor outputs
LCD display, X versions without LCD
Bolt-on and top-hat rail mounting
Screw terminals
Range of functions a page 4/29
LCD display, X versions without LCD
Bolt-on and top-hat rail mounting
Screw terminals
Range of functions a page 4/29
LCD display, X versions without LCD
Bolt-on and top-hat rail mounting
Screw terminals
Range of functions a page 4/29
a page 4/32
a page 4/33
a page 4/34
Output expansion
Input/output expansion
Coupling unit
EASY202-RE
7
Bolt-on and top-hat rail mounting
Screw terminals
easy6…
24 V DC
100/240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
12 digital inputs
6 relay outputs (max. 10 A) or
8 transistor outputs
Bolt-on and top-hat rail mounting
Screw terminals
a page 4/45
a page 4/45
2 relay outputs (max. 10 A)
8
a page 4/45
Bus modules
EASY204-DP
PROFIBUS DP connection as slave
10
a page 4/45
12
a page 4/45
a page 4/45
EASY205-ASI
AS-Interface connection as slave
EASY221-CO
CANopen interface
11
EASY222-DN
DeviceNet interface
a page 4/45
EASY200-EASY
9
For the remote connection of an easy6…
I/O expansion module via 2-pole connection cable (max. 30 m), e.g. NYM 3 x 1.5
mm²
13
4/32
Ordering
Basic units
EASY5…
Inputs
Digital
Outputs
of which
can be
used as
analog
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
http://catalog.moeller.net
Supply voltage
Part no.
Article no.
Price
see price list
✔
24 V AC
✔
24 V AC
EASY512-AB-RC
274101
EASY512-AB-RCX
274102
EASY512-AC-R
274103
EASY512-AC-RC
274104
EASY512-AC-RCX
274105
EASY512-DA-RC
274106
EASY512-DA-RCX
274107
EASY512-DC-R
274108
EASY512-DC-RC
274109
EASY512-DC-RCX
274110
EASY512-DC-TC
274111
EASY512-DC-TCX
274112
Additional features
Relay 10 A (UL)
Transistor
Analog
Display &
keypad
Std. pack
Real time
clock
easy relay
easy500
Individual laser inscription possible with EASY-COMBINATION-* a page 4/48
8
2
4
8
2
4
✔
8
4
✔
8
4
✔
8
4
✔
8
2
4
8
2
4
8
2
4
✔
8
2
4
✔
8
2
4
8
2
4
8
2
4
✔
100/240 V AC
✔
100/240 V AC
✔
100/240 V AC
✔
12 V DC
✔
12 V DC
24 V DC
✔
24 V DC
✔
24 V DC
✔
24 V DC
✔
24 V DC
Notes
3
1
4
5
2
3
6
Power
easy 500
7
2, 3, 6
8
Accessories
1 Ethernet gateway
2 Connection cable
3 Power supply unit/communication
module
4 Display/keypad
5 Programming software
6 PC programming cable
7 Switched-mode power supply unit
8 Memory card
1 off
Page
a 4/35
a 4/46
a 4/35
a 4/38
a 4/45
a 4/45
a 4/46
a 4/45
Ordering
Basic units
http://catalog.moeller.net
Inputs
Digital
of which
can be
used as
analog
EASY7…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Outputs
Relay 10 A (UL)
Additional features
Transistor
Analog
4/33
Display &
keypad
Supply voltage
Part no.
Article no.
Price
see price list
Std. pack
Real time
clock
easy700
DEL
ESC
easy relay
Expandable: Inputs/outputs and bus systems Individual laser inscription possible with EASY-COMBINATION-*
a page 4/48
ALT
OK
12
4
6
12
4
6
12
6
12
6
✔
✔
✔
12
4
6
12
4
6
12
4
6
12
4
6
12
4
8
12
4
8
✔
✔
✔
24 V AC
✔
24 V AC
✔
100/240 V AC
✔
100/240 V AC
✔
12 V DC
✔
12 V DC
✔
24 V DC
✔
24 V DC
✔
24 V DC
✔
24 V DC
EASY719-AB-RC
274113
EASY719-AB-RCX
274114
EASY719-AC-RC
274115
EASY719-AC-RCX
274116
EASY719-DA-RC
274117
EASY719-DA-RCX
274118
EASY719-DC-RC
274119
EASY719-DC-RCX
274120
EASY721-DC-TC
274121
EASY721-DC-TCX
274122
1 off
Notes
3
1
4
5
2
3
6
Power
easy 700
9
7
2, 3, 6
8
10
Accessories
1 Ethernet gateway
2 Connection cable
3 Power supply unit/communication module
4 Display/keypad
5 Programming software
6 PC programming cable
7 Switched-mode power supply unit
8 Memory card
9 I/O expansion
10 Output expansion, bus module, coupling module
Page
a 4/35
a 4/46
a 4/35
a 4/38
a 4/45
a 4/45
a 4/46
a 4/45
a 4/35
a 4/35
4/34
Ordering
Basic units
EASY8…
Inputs
Outputs
Digital
Additional features
Relay 10 A (UL)
of which
can be
used as
analog
Transistor
Analog
Display &
keypad
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
http://catalog.moeller.net
Supply voltage
Price
see price list
Part no.
Article no.
Std. pack
Real time
clock
easy relay
easy800
Expandable: Inputs/outputs and bus systems Individual laser inscription possible with EASY-COMBINATION-*
a page 4/48
easy-NET on board
12
6
12
6
✔
✔
12
4
6
12
4
6
12
4
6
1
12
4
6
1
12
4
8
12
4
8
12
4
8
1
12
4
8
1
✔
✔
✔
✔
100/240 V AC
✔
100/240 V AC
✔
24 V DC
✔
24 V DC
✔
24 V DC
✔
24 V DC
✔
24 V DC
✔
24 V DC
✔
24 V DC
✔
24 V DC
EASY819-AC-RC
256267
EASY819-AC-RCX
256268
EASY819-DC-RC
256269
EASY819-DC-RCX
256270
EASY820-DC-RC
256271
EASY820-DC-RCX
256272
EASY821-DC-TC
256273
EASY821-DC-TCX
256274
EASY822-DC-TC
256275
EASY822-DC-TCX
256276
1 off
Notes
3
1
4
5
2
3
6
11
easy-NET
Power
easy 800
7
MFD Titan
easy 800
2, 3, 6
9
8
10
8
2, 3, 6
12
Accessories
1 Ethernet gateway
2 Connection cable
3 Power supply unit/communication module
4 Display/keypad
5 Programming software
6 PC programming cable
7 Switched-mode power supply unit
8 Memory card
9 I/O expansion
10 Output expansion, bus module, coupling
module
11 easy-NET
12 MFD-Titan
Page
a 4/35
a 4/46
a 4/35
a 4/38
a 4/45
a 4/105
a 4/46
a 4/45
a 4/35
a 4/35
a 4/45
a 4/38
Ordering
Expansions, bus modules, Ethernet gateways
http://catalog.moeller.net
easy2… , easy6… , MFD-…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Description
4/35
Inputs
Outputs
Digital
Relay 10
A (UL)
For use
with
Part no.
Article no.
12
6
100/240 V
AC
24 V DC
easy700
easy800
EC4P
MFD-CP8..
EASY618-AC-RE
212314
EASY618-DC-RE
232112
EASY620-DC-TE
212313
EASY202-RE1)
232186
1 off
12
6
For the
connection of
remote I/O
modules up to
30 m.
easy700
easy800
EC4P
MFD-CP8..
EASY200-EASY
212315
1 off
AS-Interface connection
Slave
4 inputs, 4 outputs, 4 parameter bits
Addresses available: 0 to 31
easy700
easy800
EC4P
MFD-CP8..
EASY205-ASI
221598
1 off
Transis
tor
Price
see price
list
Std. pack
Supply
voltage
12
8
24 V DC
2
easy Control
I/O expansions
Coupling module
Expansion units for networking
AS-interface
PROFIBUS-DP
slave
PROFIBUS DP slave
Addresses available: 1 to 126
EASY204-DP
212316
Fieldbus
connection to
CANopen
CANopen interface
Addresses available: 1 to 127
EASY221-CO
233539
Fieldbus
connection to
DeviceNet
DeviceNet interface
Addresses available: 0 to 63
EASY222-DN
233540
Protocols:ARP
AutoIPDHCP
HTTPICMP
SNMPTCP
TelnetTFTPUDP
Serial interface easy to Ethernet
Ethernet gateway
Power supply unit/communication modules
24 V DC
24 V DC
100/240 V AC
100/240 V AC
Notes
1) Not
for use in combination with EASY719-DA-… basic device
easy500
easy700
easy800
MFD-CP8..
EASY209-SE
101520
1 off
easy500
easy700
easy800
MFD-CP8..
easy500
easy700
easy800
MFD-CP8..
MFD-CP4-500
274094
MFD-CP4-800
274095
MFD-AC-CP4-500
286823
MFD-AC-CP4-800
286824
1 off
4/36
System overview
Multi-function display
MFD…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
http://catalog.moeller.net
easy MFD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
POW
6
BUS
POWER
COM-ERR
ERR
MS
ADR
NS
System overview
Multi-function display
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/37
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Ethernet gateway
EASY209-SE
24 V DC
Serial interface
Protocols: ARP, Auto-IP, DHCP, HTTP,
ICMP, SNMP, TCP, Telnet, TFTP, UDP
1
easy MFD
a Page 4/35
MFD-Titan
The MFD-Titan multi-function display can be run in the following combinations:
Power supply unit/CPU
Power supply unit/CPU + I/O modules
Power supply unit/CPU + display and operating unit
Power supply unit/CPU + display and operating unit + I/O modules
Range of functions a page 4/29
I/O modules
2
I/O module with temperature
measuring
24 V DC
24 V DC
100/240 V AC
12 digital inputs
4 of which can be used as analog inputs (DC types)
12 digital inputs
2 of which can be used as analog inputs
2 Pt 100 or 2 Ni 1000 inputs
4 relay outputs (max. 10 A) or
4 transistor outputs
1 Analog output, optional
(with DC types)
4 transistor outputs
1 analog output, optional
a Page 4/39
a Page 4/39
Power supply unit/CPU
24 V DC
100/240 V AC
easy-NET integrated, optional
a Page 4/38
Input/output expansion
Bolt-on and top-hat rail mounting
Screw terminals
easy6…
24 V DC
100/240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
12 digital inputs
6 relay outputs (max. 10 A) or
8 transistor outputs
Bolt-on and top-hat rail mounting
Screw terminals
5
a Page 4/35
a Page 4/35
2 relay outputs (max. 10 A)
8
6
a Page 4/35
Full graphic display
132 x 64 Pixel
LCD display, monochrome
With or without keypad
Individual laser inscription possible
EASY221-CO
CANopen interface
9
EASY222-DN
DeviceNet interface
a Page 4/35
a Page 4/38
EASY200-EASY
7
For the remote connection of an easy6…
I/O expansion module via 2-pole connection cable (max. 30 m), e.g. NYM 3 x 1.5
mm²
a Page 4/35
10
a Page 4/35
a Page 4/35
EASY205-ASI
AS-Interface connection as slave
Display/keypad
Coupling unit
Bus modules
EASY204-DP
PROFIBUS DP connection as slave
3
IP 65, NEMA 4x
Output expansion
EASY202-RE
2
11
4
4/38
Ordering
Display/operating unit, CPU
MFD-…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Description
Part no.
Article no.
http://catalog.moeller.net
Price
see price list
Std. pack
easy MFD
Display/operating unit
Graphics display: 132 x 64 pixels with switchable backlight
Customized laser inscription, MFD-Combination-* possible a page 4/48
Switched Status-LED
IP65, removable titanium front frame
With keypad and Moeller logotype
NEMA 4x in connection with MFD-XM-80 protective membrane a
Accessories
With keypad, without Moeller logotype
NEMA 4x in connection with MFD-XM-80 protective membrane a
Accessories
Without keypad, with Moeller logotype
NEMA 4x
Without keypad, without Moeller logotype
NEMA 4x
MFD-80-B
265251
1 off
MFD-80-B-X
284905
MFD-80
265250
MFD-80-X
284904
Power supply unit/CPU module
Expandable with MFD-80-.. and I/O module, easy expansions can be connected
Serial interface
IP20, springloaded terminals
100/240 V AC
without easy-NET
100/240 V AC
with easy-Net
24 V DC
without easy-NET
24 V DC
with easy-NET
MFD-AC-CP8-ME
274091
MFD-AC-CP8-NT
274092
MFD-CP8-ME
267164
MFD-CP8-NT
265253
1 off
MFD-CP4-500
274094
MFD-CP4-800
274095
MFD-AC-CP4-500
286823
MFD-AC-CP4-800
286824
1 off
Power supply unit/communication modules
Serial interface, detachachable display for easy/MFD
Intgrated connection cable (5 m, can be cut to length)
24 V DC
easy500
easy700
24 V DC
easy800
MFD-CP8..
100/240 V AC
easy500
easy700
100/240 V AC
easy800
MFD-CP8..
Ordering
I/O modules
http://catalog.moeller.net
MFD-…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Inputs
Outputs
Digital
of which
can be
used as
analog
12
4
12
4
12
4
12
4
Upper
value of
setting
range
4/39
Relay 10
A (UL)
Temperature
range
Transistor
Part no.
Article no.
Analog
Price
see price
list
Std. pack
I/O modules
easy MFD
IP20, cage clamp terminals
24 V DC for MFD-CP8..
100/240 V AC for MFDAC-CP8…
4
MFD-R16
265254
MFD-T16
265255
MFD-RA17
265364
MFD-TA17
265256
4
4
1
4
12
1
4
1 off
MFD-AC-R16
274093
I/O modules with temperature measuring
IP20, springloaded terminals
24 V DC for MFDCP8… (from device
version 08),
temperature range can
be set.
6
2
2
4
6
2
2
4
6
2
2
4
6
2
2
4
1
6
2
2
4
1
6
2
2
4
1
-40…+90 °C
0…+250 °C
0…+400 °C
-200…+200 °C
0…+850 °C
-40…+90 °C
0…+250 °C
-40…+90 °C
0…+250 °C
0…+400 °C
-200…+200 °C
0…+850 °C
-40…+90 °C
0…+250 °C
MFD-TP12-PT-A
106042
1 off
MFD-TP12-PT-B
106043
MFD-TP12-NI-A
106044
MFD-TAP13-PT-A
106045
MFD-TAP13-PT-B
106046
MFD-TAP13-NI-A
106047
Notes
Accessories
1 Ethernet gateway
2 Connection cable
3 Programming software
4 PC programming cable
5 I/O expansion
6 Output expansion, bus module, coupling module
7 Display/keypad
8 Power supply unit/CPU
9 I/O module
10 Memory card
11 easy-NET
12 Switched-mode power supply unit
3
1
4
2
11
easy-NET
10
MFD Titan
easy 800
5
Power
9
6
7
8
2, 4
10
9
8
12
Page
a 4/35
a 4/46
a 4/45
a 4/45
a 4/35
a 4/35
a 4/38
a 4/38
a 4/39
a 4/45
a 4/45
a 4/46
4/40
System overview
Programmable logic controllers
EC4P
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
http://catalog.moeller.net
easy Control
1
2
C
ES
2
T
AL
L
DE
C
ES
OK
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
POW
4
BUS
POWER
COM-ERR
ERR
MS
ADR
NS
System overview
Programmable logic controllers
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/41
EC4P
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Detachable display
easy Control
MFD(-AC)-CP4-800
1
24 V DC
100/240 V AC
Serial interface
Spring-loaded terminals
Text display MFD-80(-B) for EC4P
Integrated connection cable (5 m, can be
cut to length)
a page 4/35
Basic devices
EC4P
2
Expandable: inputs/outputs and Bus systems, easy-NET/CANopen on board,
Ethernet optional
24 V DC
12 digital inputs
4 of which can be used as analog inputs
6 relay outputs (max. 10 A) or
8 transistor outputs
1 analog output, optional
LCD display, optional
Bolt-on and top-hat rail mounting
Screw terminals
a page 4/42
Output expansion
EASY202-RE
Input/output expansion
3
Bolt-on and top-hat rail mounting
Screw terminals
easy6…
24 V DC
100/240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
12 digital inputs
6 relay outputs (max. 10 A) or
8 transistor outputs
Bolt-on and top-hat rail mounting
Screw terminals
a page 4/35
a page 4/35
2 relay outputs (max. 10 A)
Coupling unit
4
a page 4/35
Bus modules
EASY204-DP
PROFIBUS DP connection as slave
6
a page 4/35
8
a page 4/35
a page 4/35
EASY205-ASI
AS-Interface connection as slave
EASY221-CO
CANopen interface
7
EASY222-DN
DeviceNet interface
a page 4/35
EASY200-EASY
5
For the remote connection of an easy6…
I/O expansion module via 2-pole connection cable (max. 30 m), e.g. NYM 3 x 1.5
mm²
9
4/42
Ordering
Basic units
EC4P-…
Inputs
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Outputs
Digital
of which
can be used
as analog
Additional features
Relay 10 A (UL)
Transistor
Analog
Supply voltage
Part no.
Article no.
http://catalog.moeller.net
Price
see price list
Std. pack
Display & keypad
easy Control
easy Control
Expandable: Inputs/outputs and bus systemsIndividual laser inscription possible with EC4-COMBINATION-*
a page 4/48
easy-NET/CANopen on board
12
4
8
12
4
8
12
4
6
12
4
6
12
4
8
1
12
4
8
1
12
4
6
1
12
4
6
1
✔
24 V DC
EC4P-221-MTXD1
106391
EC4P-221-MTXX1
106392
EC4P-221-MRXD1
106393
EC4P-221-MRXX1
106394
EC4P-221-MTAD1
106395
EC4P-221-MTAX1
106396
EC4P-221-MRAD1
106397
EC4P-221-MRAX1
106398
1 off
24 V DC
EC4P-222-MTXD1
106399
EC4P-222-MTXX1
106400
EC4P-222-MRXD1
106401
EC4P-222-MRXX1
106402
EC4P-222-MTAD1
106403
EC4P-222-MTAX1
106404
EC4P-222-MRAD1
106405
EC4P-222-MRAX1
106406
1 off
✔
easy-NET/CANopen and Ethernet on board
12
4
8
12
4
8
12
4
6
12
4
6
12
4
8
1
12
4
8
1
12
4
6
1
12
4
6
1
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
Notes
1
2
3
1
4
CANopen/easy-NET
Ethernet
Power
EC4P
5
EC4P
6
4
7
8
1
Accessories
1 Power supply unit/communication module
2 Display/keypad
3 Programming software
4 PC programming cable
5 Switched-mode power supply unit
6 Memory card
7 I/O expansion
8 output expansion, bus module, coupling module
Page
a 4/35
a 4/38
a 4/45
a 4/45
a 10/96
a 4/45
a 4/35
a 4/35
System overview
easy Connect SmartWire
http://catalog.moeller.net
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Today
Today with easy Connect SmartWire
SmartWire
Earlier
4/43
info
ins
clear
enter
Ethernet
Evolution in the switchboard
Earlier every sensor and actuator must be wired to an input and output of the central
PLC. The result was a high wiring complexity, larger switchboards and many possibilities to make errors.
Today the sensors and actuators are wired to a decentral preprocessing point and
from there to the central PLC via a field Bus. The result: Reduced wiring coplexity
due to decentalised inputs/outputs (I/Os) and field bus technology. The controls are
distributed over the machine in several small switchboards. The number of wired inputs and outputs remains however the same. The distances between switchboards
is simply bridged using field buses.
Today - with easy Connect SmartWire - for example motor starters can be directly
connected to the PLC and save as intelligent wiring aids not only wiring complexity
but also central and decentral I/Os. Wiring errors are impossible. The inputs and outputs are placed exactly where they are required - directly on the switchgear.
What is easy Connect SmartWire?
SmartWire means “connect instead of wiring" and allows the connection from the
switchgear (e.g. motor starter) to a PLC without the conventional control wiring. The
control wiring between the PLC and the switchgear is replaced by the plug-in SmartWire modules and a pre-manufactured connection cable. The wiring complexity is
drastically reduced and wiring errors are impossible. There are further savings also
with the engineering, the commissioning and the search for faults on the machine
or system. SmartWire modules can be plugged onto standard motor starter combinations that transmit the state of the contactors and the motor protection to a connected PLC and that transmit the control commands from the PLC to the contactor
coils.
• PROFIBUS-DP-SmartWire a page 9/29
• CANopen-SmartWire a page 4/44
• easy-NET-SmartWire a page 4/44
Further SmartWire components, accessories and descriptions can be found in Section “Motor starter, easy Connect SmartWire".
easy Connect SmartWire gateway
The gateway allows the communication between 16 SmartWire modules and easyNET compatible or CANopen compatible PLCs. It has a pre-select switch to decide
the type of operation, easy-NET or CANopen. The Gateway delivers the supply voltage for the electronic supply of the SmartWire module and for the power element
of the switchgear, e.g. the contactor coil actuation. The voltage is supplied to the
modules via the SmartWire connection cable.
4/44
Ordering
easy Connect SmartWire
EASY223
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Description
Part no.
Article no.
easy Connect SmartWire Gateway
Gateway for connecting up to 16 SmartWire modules to easy-NET or CANopen
SmartWire
http://catalog.moeller.net
Price
see price list
EASY223-SWIRE
106950
Std. pack
1 off
Notes
Mode of operation, easy-NET
In easy-NET mode the gateway acts as a station on easy-NET and the SmartWire
master at the same time. Up to 8 stations on the easy-NET can be intelligently
connected with each other.
a
b
CANopen operating mode
CANopen mode allows communication between SmartWire modules and controllers with CANopen interface such as EC4-200 or XC100/200. In addition to
standard fieldbus modules such as remote I/O systems or visualisation devices,
this allows a number of switchgear devices to be networked directly with the
PLC. Up to 126 stations can be connected to a CANopen network, depending on
the performance level of the CANopen fieldbus master.
a
c
b
easy-NET
CANopen
EC4P
MFD Titan
easy 800
d
g
1
2
3
easy 800
c
e
4
5
f
1
2
3
4
16
easy Connect
Smart Wire
easy Connect
Smart Wire
f
a Head-end controller (EASY8…, MFD-CP8-NT, EC4P…, XC201)
b easy Connect SmartWire gateway a page 4/44
c easy-NET a page 4/45
d easy-NET station, e.g. easy800 a page 4/34
e easy-NET station, e.g. MFD-CP8-NT a page 4/38
f SmartWire module, e.g. for XStart a page 9/29
g SmartWire connection cable a page 9/29
e
a CANopen PLC e.g. EC4P, XC100/XC200 a page 4/82
b easy Connect SmartWire gateway a page 4/44
c CANopen PLC e.g.: EC4P-200 a page 4/42
d CANopen station, e.g. MI4 a page 4/103
e SmartWire module, e.g.: for XStart a page 9/29
f SmartWire connection cable a page 9/29
d
5
16
Ordering
Accessories
EASY-…, ECP-…, EU4A-…, XT-…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Description
Programming software
Menu selection in 13 languages
Operating systems: Windows 2000 SP4, Windows XP SP1
Menu selection in 13 languages
Operating systems: Windows 2000 SP4, Windows XP SP1
Menu selection in 3 languages
Operating systems: WIN NT 4.0 SP6, WIN 2000 SP3, WIN XP SP2
Part no.
Article no.
easy400/500/600/700
EASY-SOFT-BASIC
284545
EASY-SOFT-PRO
266040
ECP-SOFT
106407
1 off
1 off
easy400/500/600/700/800/
MFD-..-CP8
EC4P
Price
see price
list
Std. pack
For use with
Programming cable
SUB-D 9-pole, serial, 2 m
easy500
easy700
EASY-PC-CAB
202409
SUB-D 9-pole, serial, 2 m
easy800
MFD-..-CP8
EASY800-PC-CAB
256277
SUB-D 9-pole, serial, 2 m
EC4P
EU4A-RJ45-CAB1
106726
Ethernet cross, 2 m
EC4P
Ethernet cross, 5 m
EC4P
XT-CAT5-X-2
256487
XT-CAT5-X-5
256488
32-kB module
easy500
easy700
easy800
MFD-..-CP8
EASY-M-32K
270884
EASY-M-256K
256279
Adapter with at least 64 MByte memory card
EC4P
EU4A-MEM-CARD1
106409
Spare link between base unit and expansion units
easy700/800/MFD-..-CP8/
EC4P
EASY-LINK-DS
221607
1 off
easy-NET
EASY-NT-30
256283
EASY-NT-80
256284
EASY-NT-150
256285
1 off
easy-NET
EASY-NT-R
256281
2 off
4-core
4 x 0.14 mmB, twisted pair, AWG 26
easy-NET
EASY-NT-CAB
256286
1 off
8 pole, RJ45
easy-NET
EASY-NT-RJ45
256280
10 off
For RJ-45 plug
EASY-NT-CAB
EASY-NT-RJ45
EASY-RJ45-TOOL
256282
1 off
Memory cards
256-kB module
1 off
Coupling piece
Network connection cable (remote coupling)
Completely prepared for EASY8... NET
Length: 0.3 m
Length: 0.8 m
Length: 1.5 m
Bus termination resistor
8 pole, RJ45, 124 O
Connection to PIN 1 and PIN 2
Data cable
Bus connector plug
Crimping tool
easy relay, easy MFD, easy Control
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/45
4/46
Ordering
Accessories
easy relay, easy MFD, easy Control
MFD-…, ZB4-…, EASY…
Description
Point-to-point connection cable
Serial interface for connecting MFD-..-CP8 to easy800 or
MFD-..-CP8, can be configured as required with separate
plug, 5 m can be cut as required
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
http://catalog.moeller.net
Price
see price
list
Std.
pack
For use with
Part no.
Article no.
easy800
MFD-..-CP8
MFD-800-CAB5
266041
1 off
EASY204-DP
ZB4-900-KB1
206983
100 m
PROFIBUS-DP
ZB4-209-DS2
206982
1 off
EASY204-DP
ZB4-209-DS3
217820
1 off
easy800
MFD-..-CP8
EASY800-PC-CAB
ZB4-03B-AD1
257176
1 off
MFD-CP4
280888
MFD-AC-CP4
286822
1 off
PROFIBUS DP data cable
Length: 100 m
Twisted pair, without plug, 2-core, 2 x 0.64 mm2
100 m
PROFIBUS-DP bus connector plug
Pins, 9-pin
Cable entry, angled 90º
Metallised insulated housing
Maximum transfer rate 12 MBit/s
Integrated switch (accessible from the outside) for the bus
terminating resistors
Terminal block for two cable entries, with straight or 90°
angled cable entry, as required
Adapter for the connection between easy800 and MI4
Connection of MI4 operator panel to easy800 or MFD-..CP8 in conjunction with programming cable EASY800-PCCAB
Reserve power supply/communications module
For MFD-80… separately mounted display (only ASCII characters) on easy500/700/800/EC4P/MFD-…-CP8, without
connection cable, serial interface.
24 V DC, IP20
MFD-80..
100/240 V AC, IP20
MFD-80..
For the connection of MFD-CP4-500 to easy500/easy700
5 m, can be cut to length
easy500
easy700
MFD-CP4-500-CAB5
280886
1 off
For the connection of MFD-CP4-800 to easy800/MFD-…CP8
5 m, can be cut to length
easy800
MFD-..-CP8
MFD-CP4-800-CAB5
280887
1 off
easy500
easy700
easy800
MFD-CP8
EC4P
EASY400-POW
212319
1 off
Rated input voltage: 50/60 Hz: 100/240 V
Rated output voltage: 24 V/12 V DC
Rated output current: 0.35 A/20 A
easy500
easy700
easy800
MFD-CP8
EC4P
EASY200-POW
229424
1 off
6 channels
easy…-AC…
MFD…-AC…
EASY256-HCI
231168
1 off
1 off
Spare connection cables
Switched-mode power supply unit
Primary-switched mode, stabilized
Rated input voltage: 50/60 HZ: 100/240 V AC
Rated output voltage (residual ripple): 24 V DC (g 3 %)
Rated output current: 1.25 A
Power
Upstream device
To increase the AC input current
Ordering
Accessories
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
ZB4-…, SFK-…, MFD-…
Price
see price
list
Std.
pack
Description
For use with
Part no.
Article no.
For screw fixing to mounting plate
easy200
easy500
easy700
easy800
MFD-CP8
EC4P
ZB4-101-GF1
061360
9 off
easy200
easy500
easy700
easy800
MFD-CP8
EC4P
M22-TA
226161
1 off
easy200
easy500
easy700
easy800
MFD-CP8
EC4P
SKF-HA
233782
1 off
94 mm x 77 mm x 25 mm (4 space units)
easy500
1 off
130 mm x 77 mm x 25 mm (6 space units)
easy700
easy800
EC4P
SKF-FF4
233780
SKF-FF6
233781
Mounting rail with cutout specifically for MFD-AC-CP8.../MFD-CP8...
for fixing easy expansion units (2 space units)
Length: 142.5 mm
easy200
MFD-TS-144
274090
1 off
Transparent
Protection against accidental actuation
Can be sealed
Application without front frame
MFD-80..
MFD-XS-80
265259
Transparent version for harsh environmental conditions and
application in the food industry
Increased protection rating to NEMA 4x for MFD-80-B
MFD-80..
MFD-XM-80
265258
1 off
MFD-FR-80-AU
267165
1 off
Mounting accessories
Fixing bracket
Telescopic clip
With 35 mm top-hat rail to IEC/EN 60715 for compensation of the
mounting depth of rear mounted devices in CI-K... enclosures and
cabinets.
Stepless adjustment via scale from 75 – 115 mm.
Screw and snap fixing (also suitable for PKZM0, FAZ, FIP, ETR, EMR4
etc.)
Top-hat rail adapter for hinged inspection window
12 mm x 66 mm x 82 mm
Installation on hinged inspection window, for front fitting of devices.
Complete set, consisting of 2 brackets and 4 screws
Hinged inspection window
1 off
Mounting rail to IEC/EN 60715
Protective cover
Protective diaphragm
Front frame
Gold frame for MFD-80…
easy relay, easy MFD, easy Control
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/47
4/48
Ordering
Accessories
easy relay, easy MFD, easy Control
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
http://catalog.moeller.net
Price
see price
list
Std.
pack
Description
For use with
Part no.
Article no.
Simulator with 100/240 V AC plug-in power supply unit/24 V DC
output, suitable for easy500-DC.
As EASY412-DC-SIM with 120 V AC plug-in power supply unit/
24 V DC output,plug suitable for North America
easy500
EASY412-DC-SIM
212318
EASY412-DC-SIM-NA
222566
1 off
User manual, German
easy500/700
1 off
User Manual, English
easy500/700
User manual, German
easy800
User Manual, English
easy800
User manual, German
MFD-Titan
User Manual, English
MFD-Titan
AWB2528-1508D
278499
AWB2528-1508GB
278500
AWB2528-1423D
261371
AWB2528-1423GB
262671
AWB2528-1480D
267187
AWB2528-1480GB
267188
EASY-COMBINATION-*
257823
MFD-COMBINATION-*
265260
EC4-COMBINATION-*
107600
1 off
Input/output simulator
easy500
Manuals
Customized inscription
With the Moeller Labeleditor inscription software,
Procedure and ordering examples a Note
Customized inscription of easy control relay or programming
with user program
Customised inscription of MFD or programming with user
program
Individual laser inscription of the easy Control
Notes
easy500/700/800
MFD-80-X
MFD-80-B-X
EC4P
Individually inscribe your device in 4 stages:
– Download the inscription software: www.moeller.net/support, keyword: “Labeleditor”.
– Creation of label template (menu-guided in the software)
– Send the label template to the factory by e-mail. The e-mail address is automatically set for the selected product by the program. When
your template is sent, the Labeleditor issues a file name such as “EASY_12345.zip”. This file name is part of the article to be ordered
(see Ordering examples).
– Send order to the Moeller sales office or the electrical wholesalers.
Ordering example easy
EASY719-DC-RC with “Company logo”:
1 x EASY-COMBINATION-*
1 x EASY719-DC-RC
1 x the file name “EASY_xxxxx.zip” issued by the Labeleditor
Ordering example: MFD-Titan
MFD-80-B multi-function display with “company name”:
1 x MFD-COMBINATION-*
1 x MFD-80-B
1 x the file name “MFD_xxxxx.zip” issued by the Labeleditor
Ordering example: EC4P
EC4P-221-MTXD1 with “company logo”:
1 x EC4-COMBINATION-*
1 x EC4P-221-MTXD1
1 x the file name “EC4P_xxxxx.zip” issued by the Labeleditor
Technical Data
Coupling module, expansion module, base units
EASY2…, EASY512…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
EASY200-EASY EASY202-RE
General
Standards
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Weight
Mounting
mm
kg
Terminal capacities
Solid
Flexible with ferrule
Standard screwdriver
Max. tightening torque
EASY512-…
EN 55011, EN 55022, IEC/EN 61000-4, IEC 60068-2-6, IEC 60068-2-27
35.5 x 90 x 58 (2 space units)
71.5 x 90 x 58 (4 PE)
0.07
0.2
Top-hat rail IEC/EN 60715, 35 mm or screw fixing using fixing brackets ZB4101-GF1 (accessories)
mm2
mm2
mm
Nm
0.2/4 (AWG 22 – 12)
0.2/2.5 (AWG 22 – 12)
3.5 x 0.8
0.6
°C
0.2/4 (AWG 22 – 12)
0.2/2.5 (AWG 22 – 12)
3.5 x 0.8
0.6
Climatic environmental conditions
Operating ambient temperature
Condensation
LCD display (clearly legible)
Storage
Relative humidity, non-condensing (IEC/EN 60068-2-30)
°C
°C
%
–25 … 55, low temperatures to IEC 60068-2-1, high temperatures to IEC 60068-2-2
Take appropriate measures to prevent condensation
0…55
0…55
–40…70
–40…70
5…95
5…95
Air pressure (operation)
hPa
795…1080
795…1080
IP 20
IP 20
Hz
Hz
Impacts
10…57
57…150
18
10…57
57…150
18
mm
50
50
m
1
Horizontal/vertical
1
Horizontal/vertical
II/2
II/2
8
6
10
8
6
10
Ambient conditions, mechanical
Degree of protection IEC/EN 60529
Vibrations (IEC/EN 60068-2-6)
Constant amplitude 0.15 mm
Constant acceleration 2 g
Mechanical shock resistance (IEC/EN 60068-2-27) semisinusoidal 15 g/11 ms
Drop to IEC/EN 60068-2-31
Free fall, packaged (IEC/EN 60068-2-32)
Mounting position
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
Electrostatic discharge (IEC/EN 61000-4-2, Level 3, ESD)
Air discharge
Contact discharge
Electromagnetic fields (IEC/EN 61000-4-3, RFI)
Drop height
kV
kV
V/m
Radio interference suppression (EN 55011)
Burst pulses (IEC/EN 61000-4-4, level 3)
Supply cables
Signal lines
High-energy pulses (surge) (IEC/EN 61000-4-5)
kV
kV
kV
2
2
2
2
2 (supply cables, symmetrical, EASY...AC)
High-energy pulses (surge) (IEC/EN 61000-4-5, level 2)
kV
0.5 (supply cables, symmetrical, EASY...DC)
Immunity to line-conducted interference to (IEC/EN 610004-6)
V
10
EN 55011 Class B, EN 55022 Class B
Insulation resistance
Clearance in air and creepage distances
Insulation resistance
10
EN 50178, UL 508, CSA C22.2, no. 142
EN 50178
EN 50178
Back-up/Accuracy of the real-time clock
Backup time
Accuracy of the real-time clock
s/day
aPage 5
typ. g 5 (g 0.5 hxannually)
Repetition accuracy of timing relays
Accuracy of timing relays (of values)
%
g1
Resolution
Range “S”
Range “M:S”
Range “H:M”
ms
s
min
10
1
1
Retentive memory
Write cycles of the retentive memory
Notes
1000000 (10F)
For additional Technical Data EASY5... and EASY7... P AWB2528-1508GB,
EASY8... P AWB2528-1423D
easy relay
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/49
4/50
Technical Data
Basic units
easy relay, easy MFD, easy Control
EASY6…, EASY7…, EASY8…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
http://catalog.moeller.net
EASY6…xEASY7…
General
Standards
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Weight
Mounting
mm
kg
EASY8…-…
EN 55011, EN 55022, IEC/EN 61000-4, IEC 60068-2-6, IEC 60068-2-27
107.5 x 90 x 58 (6 PE)
107.5 x 90 x 72 (6 PE)
0.3
0.3
Top-hat rail IEC/EN 60715, 35 mm or screw fixing using fixing brackets
ZB4-101-GF1 (accessories)
Terminal capacities
Solid
mm2
0.2/4 (AWG 22 – 12)
0.2/4 (AWG 22 – 12)
Flexible with ferrule
mm2
0.2/2.5 (AWG 22 – 12)
0.2/2.5 (AWG 22 – 12)
Standard screwdriver
Max. tightening torque
mm
Nm
3.5 x 0.8
0.6
3.5 x 0.8
0.6
°C
Climatic environmental conditions
Operating ambient temperature
Condensation
LCD display (clearly legible)
Storage
Relative humidity, non-condensing (IEC/EN 60068-2-30)
°C
°C
%
–25 … 55, low temperatures to IEC 60068-2-1, high temperatures to IEC 60068-2-2
Take appropriate measures to prevent condensation
0…55
0…55
–40…70
–40…70
5…95
5…95
Air pressure (operation)
hPa
795…1080
795…1080
IP 20
IP 20
Hz
Hz
Impacts
10…57
57…150
18
10…57
57…150
18
mm
50
50
m
1
Horizontal/vertical
1
Horizontal/vertical
II/2
II/2
Ambient conditions, mechanical
Degree of protection IEC/EN 60529
Vibrations (IEC/EN 60068-2-6)
Constant amplitude 0.15 mm
Constant acceleration 2 g
Mechanical shock resistance (IEC/EN 60068-2-27) semi-sinusoidal
15 g/11 ms
Drop to IEC/EN 60068-2-31
Free fall, packaged (IEC/EN 60068-2-32)
Mounting position
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
Electrostatic discharge (IEC/EN 61000-4-2, Level 3, ESD)
Air discharge
Contact discharge
Electromagnetic fields (IEC/EN 61000-4-3, RFI)
Radio interference suppression (EN 55011)
Burst pulses (IEC/EN 61000-4-4, level 3)
Supply cables
Signal lines
High-energy pulses (surge) (IEC/EN 61000-4-5)
High-energy pulses (surge) (IEC/EN 61000-4-5, level 2)
Immunity to line-conducted interference to (IEC/EN 61000-4-6)
Drop
height
kV
kV
V/m
8
8
6
6
10
10
EN 55011 Class B, EN 55022 Class B
kV
kV
kV
kV
V
2
2
2
2
2 (supply cables, symmetrical, EASY...AC)
0.5 (supply cables, symmetrical, EASY...DC)
10
10
Insulation resistance
Clearance in air and creepage distances
Insulation resistance
EN 50178, UL 508, CSA C22.2, no. 142
EN 50178
EN 50178
Back-up accuracy of the real-time clock (not easy600)
Back-up of the real-time clock
200
180
160
140
120
a 100
80
60
40
20
0
25˚C
55˚C
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
b
Accuracy of the real-time clock
Repetition accuracy of the timing relays (not easy600)
Accuracy of timing relays (of values)
Resolution
Range “S”
Range “M:S”
Range “H:M”
Retentive memory
Write cycles of the retentive memory
s/day
a Back-up time (hours)
b Service life (years)
Normally g 5 (g 0.5 hxyear)
typ. g 5 (g 0.5 h / year)
%
g 0.02
g 0.02
ms
s
min
10
1
1
5
1
1
1000000 (10F)
10000000 (10AJ) (readxwrite
cycles)
Technical Data
Basic units
EASY5…, EASY7…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Power supply
Rated operational voltage
Admissible range
Residual ripple
Input current
Input current 115/230 V AC
Voltage dips (IEC/EN 61131-2)
Heat dissipation
Ue
EASY512-DA-...
EASY719-DA-...
V
V DC
%
12 DC (-15/+30%)
10.2…15.6
F5
12 DC (-15/+30%)
10.2…15.6
F5
mA
ms
W
Normally 140
10
Normally 2
Normally 200
10
Normally 3.5
8
2 (I7, I8)
LCD display (if provided)
12
4 (I7, I8, I11, I12)
LCD display (if provided)
No
No
Yes
12
4 (I1 – I8)
8 (I1 – I8)
No
No
Yes
12
4 (I1 – I12)
8 (I1 – I12)
mA
mA
mA
3.3 (at 12 V DC)
1.1 (at 12 V DC)
3.3 (at 12 V DC)
1.1 (at 12 V DC)
3.3 (at 12 V DC)
ms
ms
20
Normally 0.3 (I1 – I6), 0.35 (I7, I8)
20
Normally 0.3 (I1 – I6, I9, I10), 0.35 (I7, I8, I11,
I12)
ms
ms
20
Normally 0.3 (I1 – I6), 0.15 (I7, I8)
20
Normally 0.4 (I1 – I6, I9, I10), 0.35 (I7, I8, I11,
I12)
m
100
2 (I3, I4)
2 (I1, I2)
<1
Square
< 30
100
2 (I3, I4)
2 (I1, I2)
<1
Square
< 30
2 (I7, I8)
4 (I7, I8, I11, I12)
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
DC voltage
0 – 10
0.01
0.01
10 (value 1 – 1023)
11.2
DC voltage
0 – 10
0.01
0.01
10 (value 0 – 1023)
11.2
Digital inputs 12 V DC
Number
Inputs can be used as analog inputs
Status indication
Potential isolation
From power supply
Between digital inputs
From the outputs
Rated operational voltage
On 0 signal
On 1 signal
Input current on 1 signal
I1 to I6
I7, I8
I9 to I12
Delay time from 0 to 1
Debounce ON
Debounce OFF
Delay time from 1 to 0
Debounce ON
Debounce OFF
Cable length (unscreened)
Frequency counter
Fast counter inputs
Max. counter frequency
Pulse shape
Cable length screened
Ue
Ue
Ue
V DC
V DC
V DC
kHz
m
Analog inputs
Quantity
Potential isolation
From power supply
From the digital inputs
From the outputs
From the PC interface, memory card NET
network, EASY-Link
Input type
Signal range
Resolution, analog
Resolution, digital
Resolution, digital
Input impedance
Accuracy of actual value
Two EASY devices
Within a single device
Conversion time, analog/digital
%
%
ms
g3
g 2, (I7, I8, I11, I12) g 0.12 V
Debounce ON: 20; Debounce OFF: every cycle
time
g3
g 2, (I7, I8, I11, I12) g 0.12 V
Debounce ON: 20; Debounce OFF: every cycle
time
Input current
Cable length screened
mA
m
<1
< 30
<1
< 30
Relay outputs
Notes
V DC
V
V
Bit
kO
a Page 4/62
For additional Technical Data EASY5... and EASY7... P AWB2528-1508GB, EASY8... P AWB2528-1423D
easy relay
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/51
4/52
Technical Data
Basic units
easy relay
EASY5…, EASY7…
Power supply
Rated operational voltage
Admissible range
Frequency
Input current
At 24 V AC 50/60 Hz
Voltage dips (IEC/EN 61131-2)
Power loss
At 24 V AC
Digital inputs 24 V DC
Number
Inputs can be used as analog inputs
Status indication
Potential isolation
From power supply
Between digital inputs
From the outputs
Rated operational voltage
Rated voltage L (sinusoidal)
On 0 signal
On 1 signal
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Ue
http://catalog.moeller.net
EASY512-AB-...
EASY719-AB-...
V
V AC
Hz
24 V AC
20.4…26.4
50/60 (g 5%)
24 V AC
20.4…26.4
50/60 (g 5%)
mA
ms
200
20
300
20
VA
5
7
8
2 (I7, I8)
LCD-display (if present)
12
4 (I7, I8, I11, I12)
LCD-display (if present)
No
No
Yes
24 V AC
0–6
(I7, I8, I11, I12) > 7 AC, > 9.5 DC (I1 - I6, I9,
I10) 14 – 26.4 AC
50 – 60
Ue
V
No
No
Yes
24 V AC
Ue
V AC
V
0–6
(I7, I8) > 7 AC, > 9.5 DC (I1 - I6) 14 – 26.4 AC
Hz
50 – 60
Rated frequency
Input current on 1 signal
I1 to I6
I7, I8
I9, I10
I11, I12
Delay time (0 – 1/1 – 0) I1 - I12
Debounce ON 50/60 Hz
mA
mA
mA
mA
4 (at 24 V AC, 50 Hz)
2 (at 24 V AC, 50 Hz) 2 (at 24 V DC)
4 (at 24 V AC, 50 Hz)
2 (at 24 V AC, 50 Hz) 2 (at 24 V DC)
4 (at 24 V AC, 50 Hz)
2 (at 24 V AC, 50 Hz) 2 (at 24 V DC)
ms
80x66N
80x66N
Debounce OFF 50/60 Hz
ms
20x16N
20x16N
m
40
40
m
Normally
Normally 40
2 (I7, I8)
4 (I7, I8, I11, I12)
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
DC voltage
0 – 10
0.01
0.01
10 (value 1 – 1023)
11.2
DC voltage
0 – 10
0.01
0.01
10 (value 0 – 1023)
11.2
Max. admissible cable length (per input)
Maximum cable length between stripped
ends
I9, I10
Analog inputs
Quantity
Potential isolation
From power supply
From the digital inputs
From the outputs
From the PC interface, memory card NET
network, EASY-Link
Input type
Signal range
Resolution, analog
Resolution, digital
Resolution, digital
Input impedance
Accuracy of actual value
Two EASY devices
Within a single device
Conversion time, analog/digital
%
%
ms
g3
g 2, (I7, I8) g 0.12 V
Debounce ON: 20; Debounce OFF: every cycle
time
g3
g 2, (I7, I8, I11, I12) g 0.12 V
Debounce ON: 20; Debounce OFF: every cycle
time
Input current
Cable length screened
mA
m
<1
<3
<1
<3
Relay outputs
Notes
V DC
V
V
Bit
kO
a Page 4/62
For additional Technical Data EASY5... and EASY7... P AWB2528-1508GB, EASY8... P AWB2528-1423D
Technical Data
Basic units
Power supply
Rated operational voltage
Admissible range
Residual ripple
Input current
Input current 115/230 V AC
Voltage dips (IEC/EN 61131-2)
Ue
Heat dissipation
EASY512-DC-…
EASY6…-DC-…E
EASY7..-DC-...
EASY8..-DC-...
V
V DC
%
24 DC (-15/+20%)
20.4…28.8
F5
24 DC (-15/+20%)
20.4…28.8
F5
24 DC (-15/+20%)
20.4…28.8
F5
24 DC (-15/+20%)
20.4…28.8
F5
mA
ms
Normally 80
10
Normally 140
10
Normally 140
10
Normally 140
10
W
Normally 2
Normally 3.4
Normally 3.5
Normally 3.4
8
2 (I7, I8)
12
12
4 (I7, I8, I11, I12)
12
4 (I7, I8, I11, I12)
LCD display (if
provided)
LCD display (if
provided)
LCD display (if
provided)
LCD display (if
provided)
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
24
< 5 (I1 – I12, R1 – R12)
24
< 5 (I1 – I12, R1 – R12)
> 15.0 (I1 – I6, I9, I10),
> 8.0 (I7, I8, I11, I12)
24
< 5 (I1 – I6, I9, I10) < 8
(I7, I8, I11, I12)
> 15.0 (I1 – I6, I9, I10),
> 8.0 (I7, I8, I11, I12)
3.3 (at 24 V DC)
2.2 (at 24 V DC)
3.3 (at 24 V DC)
2.2 (at 24 V DC)
3.3 (at 24 V DC)
2.2 (at 24 V DC)
3.3 (at 24 V DC)
2.2 (at 24 V DC)
Digital inputs 24 V DC
Number
Inputs can be used as analog inputs
Status indication
Potential isolation
From power supply
Between digital inputs
From the outputs
From the PC interface, memory card
NET network, EASY-Link
Rated operational voltage
On 0 signal
Ue
Ue
V DC
V DC
24
< 5 (I1 – I8)
On 1 signal
Ue
V DC
> 15 (I1 – I6), > 8 (I7,
I8)
Input current on 1 signal
R1 to R12
I1 to I6
I7, I8
I9, I10
I11, I12
Delay time from 0 to 1
Debounce ON
Debounce OFF
Delay time from 1 to 0
Debounce ON
Debounce OFF
Cable length (unscreened)
Frequency counter
Quantity
Counter frequency
Pulse shape
Incremental counter
Quantity
Counter frequency
Pulse shape
Counter inputs I1 and I2, I3 and I4
Signal offset
Pulse pause ratio
Rapid counter inputs
Number
Counter frequency
Pulse shape
Cable length, screened
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
3.3 (at 24 V DC)
3.3 (at 24 V DC)
2.2 (at 24 V DC)
ms
ms
20
Normally 0.25 (I1 – I8)
20
Normally 0.25 (R1 –
R12)
20
Normally 0.25 (I1 – I12)
20
Normally 0.1 (I1 – I4),
Normally 0.25 (I5 – I12)
ms
ms
20
20
20
20
Normally 0.1 (I1 – I4),
Normally 0.4 (I5, I6, I9,
I12), normally 0.2 (I7,
I8, I11, I12)
m
100
100
100
100
kHz
2 (I3, I4)
<1
Square
2 (I3, I4)
<1
Square
2 (I1, I2, I3, I4)
<5
Square wave
kHz
F1
F1
2 (I1, I2)
<1
Square
< 20
2 (I1, I2)
<1
Square
< 20
kHz
m
Relay outputs
a Page 4/62
Transistor outputs
a Page 4/64
Notes
EASY…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
2 (I1 + I2, I3 + I4)
F3
Square wave
2
90°
1:1
4 (I1, I2, I3, I4)
<5
Square wave
< 20
For additional Technical Data EASY5... and EASY7... P AWB2528-1508GB, EASY8... P AWB2528-1423D
easy relay
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/53
4/54
Technical Data
Basic units
easy relay
EASY…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Analog inputs
Quantity
Potential isolation
From power supply
From the digital inputs
From the outputs
From the PC interface, memory card
NET network, EASY-Link
Input type
Signal range
Resolution, analog
Resolution, digital
Resolution, digital
Input impedance
Accuracy of actual value
Two EASY devices
Within a single device
V DC
V
V
Bit
kO
%
%
Conversion time, analog/digital
ms
Input current
Cable length screened
mA
m
EASY512-DC-…
EASY7..-DC-...
EASY8..-DC-...
2 (I7, I8)
4 (I7, I8, I11, I12)
4 (I7, I8, I11, I12)
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
DC voltage
0 – 10
0.01
0.01
10 (value 1 – 1023)
11.2
DC voltage
0 – 10
0.01
0.01
10 (value 0 – 1023)
11.2
DC voltage
0 – 10
0.01
0.01
10 (value 0 – 1023)
11.2
g3
g 2, (I7, I8, I11, I12) g 0.12
V
Debounce ON: 20;
Debounce OFF: every cycle
time
g3
g 2, (I7, I8, I11, I12) g 0.12
V
Debounce ON: 20;
Debounce OFF: every cycle
time
g3
g 2, (I7, I8, I11, I12) g 0.12
V
Every CPU cycle
<1
<3
<1
<3
<1
<3
EASY820-DC-RC(X)
EASY822-DC-TC(X)
Analog outputs
Number
Potential isolation
From power supply
From the digital inputs
From the digital outputs
From the PC interface, memory card
NET network, EASY-Link
Output type
Signal range
Max. output current
Load resistance
Overload and short-circuit protection
Resolution, analog
Resolution, digital
Recovery time
Accuracy
-25 °C – 55 °C
25°C
Conversion time, analog/digital
Notes
1
No
No
Yes
Yes
V DC
A
DC voltage
0 – 10
0.01
1 kO
Yes
V DC
Bit
ms
0.01
10, (value: 0 – 1023)
100
%
%
ms
2
1
Every CPU cycle
For additional Technical Data EASY5... and EASY7... P AWB25281508GB,
EASY8... P AWB2528-1423D
http://catalog.moeller.net
EASY8…-…-…
NET network
Stations
Data transfer rate/distance
Number
max. 8
1000 KBit/s, 6 m
500 KBit/s, 25 m
250 KBit/s, 60 m
125 KBit/s, 125 m
50 KBit/s, 300 m
20 KBit/s, 700 m
10 KBit/s, 1000 m
Potential isolation
From power supply
From the inputs
From the outputs
From the PC interface, memory card
NET network, EASY-Link
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Bus termination (first and last station)
Yes
Connection technique
RJ45, 8-pole
Notes
For additional Technical Data EASY5... and EASY7... P AWB25281508GB,
EASY8... P AWB2528-1423D
Data transfer rate in the NET network: bus lengths of 40 m and over
only attainable with cables with additional cross-section and
connection adapter.
Technical Data
Basic units
EASY…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Power supply
Rated operational voltage
Admissible range
Frequency
Input current
at 115/120 V AC 60 Hz
at 230/240 V AC 50 Hz
Voltage dips (IEC/EN 61131-2)
Power loss
at 115/120 V AC
at 115/230 V AC
Ue
EASY512-AC-R…
EASY618-AC-RE
EASY719-AC-RC.
EASY819-AC-RC.
V AC
Hz
100/110/115/120/230/
240 AC (+10/-15 %)
85…264
50/60 (g 5%)
100/110/115/120/230/
240 AC (+10/-15 %)
85…264
50/60 (g 5%)
100/110/115/120/230/
240 AC (+10/-15 %)
85…264
50/60 (g 5%)
100/110/115/120/230/
240 AC (+10/-15 %)
85…264
50/60 (g 5%)
mA
mA
ms
Normally 40
Normally 20
20
Normally 70
Normally 35
20
Normally 70
Normally 35
20
Normally 70
Normally 35
20
VA
VA
Normally 5
Normally 5
Normally 10
Normally 10
Normally 10
Normally 10
Normally 10
Normally 10
8
LCD-display (if present)
12
LCD-display (if present)
12
LCD-display (if present)
12
LCD-display (if present)
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
0 – 40
79 – 264
50 – 60
0 – 40
79 – 264
50 – 60
0 – 40
79 – 264
50 – 60
0 – 40
79 – 264
50 – 60
6 x 0.25 (at 115 V AC,
60 Hz)6 x 0.5 (at 230
V AC, 50 Hz)
2 x 4 (at 115 V AC, 60
Hz)2 x 6 (at 230 V AC,
50 Hz)
4 x 0.25 (at 115 V AC,
60 Hz)4 x 0.5 (at 230
V AC, 50 Hz)
6 x 0.25 (at 115 V AC,
60 Hz)6 x 0.5 (at 230
V AC, 50 Hz)
2 x 4 (at 115 V AC, 60
Hz)2 x 6 (at 230 V AC,
50 Hz)
4 x 0.25 (at 115 V AC,
60 Hz)4 x 0.5 (at 230
V AC, 50 Hz)
V
Digital inputs 115/230 V AC
Number
Status indication
Potential isolation
From power supply
Between digital inputs
From the outputs
From the PC interface, memory card
NET network, EASY-Link
Rated voltage L (sinusoidal)
On 0 signal
On 1 signal
Rated frequency
Input current on 1 signal
R1 to R12
V AC
V AC
Hz
mA
I1 to I6
mA
I7 to I8
mA
I9 to I12
mA
Delay time
Delay time (0 – 1/1 – 0) I1 to I6, I9 to I12, R1 to R12
Debounce ON 50/60 Hz
ms
12 x 0.25 (at 115 V
AC, 60 Hz)12 x 0.5 (at
230 V AC, 50 Hz)
6 x 0.25 (at 115 V AC,
60 Hz)6 x 0.5 (at 230
V AC, 50 Hz)
2 x 4 (at 115 V AC, 60
Hz)2 x 6 (at 230 V AC,
50 Hz)
80x66N
80x66N
80x66N
80x66N
Debounce OFF 50/60 Hz
ms
20x16N
20x16N
20x16N
20x16N
Delay time I7, I8 (1 – 0)
Debounce ON 50/60 Hz
ms
160x150
80x66N
80x66N
120x100
Debounce OFF 50/60 Hz
ms
100x100
20x16N
20x16N
40x33N
Delay time I7, I8 (0 – 1)
Debounce ON 50/60 Hz
ms
80x66N
80x66N
80x66N
80x66N
Debounce OFF 50/60 Hz
ms
20x16N
20x16N
20x16N
20x16N
m
m
m
m
40
Normally 100
Type
40
40
Normally 100
Type 40
40
Normally 100
Type 40
60
Normally 100
Type 60
Max. admissible cable length (per input)
R1 to R12
I1 to I6
I7, I8
I9 to I12
Digital inputs 115/230 V AC
Notes
a Page 4/62
For additional Technical Data EASY5... and EASY7... P AWB2528-1508GB,
EASY8... P AWB2528-1423D
easy relay
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/55
4/56
Technical Data
Display/operating units, CPU, communication modules
MFD-…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
MFD-80..
easy MFD
General
Standards
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Weight
Mounting
Terminal capacities
Solid
Flexible with ferrule
Standard screwdriver
Power supply
Solid
flexible with ferrules
Standard screwdriver
Data cable
Solid
Flexible with ferrule
Climatic environmental conditions
Operating ambient temperature
Condensation
LCD display (clearly legible)
Storage
Relative humidity, non-condensing (IEC/EN
60068-2-30)
Air pressure (operation)
Ambient conditions, mechanical
Pollution degree
Degree of protection IEC/EN 60529
Vibrations (IEC/EN 60068-2-6)
Constant amplitude 0.15 mm
Constant acceleration 2 g
Mechanical shock resistance (IEC/EN 60068-227) semi-sinusoidal 15 g/11 ms
Drop to IEC/EN 60068-2-31
Drop
height
Free fall, packaged (IEC/EN 60068-2-32)
Mounting position
mm
kg
MFD-CP4...
MFD-AC-CP8..
EN 61000-6-1/-2/-3/-4, IEC 60068-2-6, IEC 60068-2-27
86.5 x 86.5 x 21.5
75 x 58 x 36.2
107.5 x 90 x 30
107.5 x 90 x 30
(with actuators) 86.5 x
86.5 x 20 (without
actuators)
0.13
0.164
0.145
0.145
2 x 22.5 mm, display
Fitted onto the fixing
Fitted on the fixing shaft of the display or on topfixed with 2 fixing
shaft of the display
hat rail according to IEC/EN 60715, 35 mm deep
rings.
(without display)
Wall thickness:
without top-hat rail
(CPU) 1 – 6 mm
with top-hat rail 1 – 4
mm
mm2
mm2
mm
0.2x4 (AWG 24 – 12)
0.2x2.5 (AWG 24 – 12)
3.5 x 0.6
3.5 x 0.6
mm2
mm2
mm
0.2/4 (AWG 24 – 12)
0.2/2.5 (AWG 24 – 12)
3.5 x 0.6
mm2
0.08x2.5 (AWG 28 – 12)
mm2
0.08x1.5 (AWG 28 – 12)
°C
MFD-CP8..
http://catalog.moeller.net
°C
-25 to 55, cold as per IEC 60068-2-1, heat as per IEC 60068-2-2
Take appropriate measures to prevent condensation
-5…50…(-10 to 0
when background
lighting is switched on
(continuous operation))
°C
%
–40…70
5…95
–40…70
5…95
–40…70
5…95
–40…70
5…95
hPa
795…1080
795…1080
795…1080
795…1080
3
IP65
2
IP 20
2
IP 20
2
IP 20
Hz
Hz
Impacts
10…57
57…150
18
10…57
57…150
18
10…57
57…150
18
10…57
57…150
18
mm
50
50
50
50
m
1
1
1
1
horizontal, vertical
Technical Data
Display/operating units, CPU, communication modules
MFD-…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Electrostatic discharge (IEC/EN 61000-4-2, Level 3, ESD)
Air discharge
kV
Contact discharge
kV
Electromagnetic fields (IEC/EN 61000-4-3, RFI)
V/m
Radio interference suppression (EN 55011)
Burst pulses (IEC/EN 61000-4-4, level 3)
Supply cables
Signal lines
High-energy pulses (surge) (IEC/EN 61000-4-5)
MFD-80..
MFD-CP4...
MFD-CP8..
MFD-AC-CP8..
8
6
10
8
6
10
8
6
10
8
6
10
EN 55011 Class B, EN 55022 Class B
kV
kV
kV
2
2
2
2
2 (supply cables, symmetrical)
2
2
2
2
High-energy pulses (surge) (IEC/EN 61000-4-5,
level 2)
kV
1 (supply cables,
symmetrical)
2 (supply cables symmetrical,
MFD-AC-CP8..)
2 (supply cables symmetrical,
MFD-AC-CP8..)
Immunity to line-conducted
interference to (IEC/EN 61000-4-6)
V
0.5 (supply
cables,
symmetrical)
10
10
10
10
EN 50178
EN 50178
Insulation resistance
Clearance in air and creepage distances
EN 50178, UL 508, CSA C22.2, no. 142
Insulation resistance
EN 50178
EN 50178
Back-up/Accuracy of the real-time clock
Backup time
200
180
160
140
120
a 100
80
60
40
20
0
25˚C
55˚C
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
b
Accuracy of the real-time clock
s/day
a Back-up time (hours)
b Service life (years)
Normally g5 s/day (g0.5 hxyear)
Repetition accuracy of timing relays
Accuracy of timing relays (of values)
%
g 0.02
g 0.02
Resolution
Range “S”
Range “M:S”
Range “H:M”
ms
s
min
5
1
1
5
1
1
Retentive memory
Write cycles of the retentive memory
1010 (read/write cycles)
easy MFD
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/57
4/58
Technical Data
CPU, communication modules
MFD…
easy MFD
Power supply
Rated operational voltage
Admissible range
Admissible range
Residual ripple
Frequency
Input current
at 115/120 V AC 60 Hz
at 230/240 V AC 50 Hz
at 24 V DC
Voltage dips (IEC/EN 61131-2)
Power loss
at 115/120 V AC
at 230x240 V AC
Peak current
Point-to-point connection
Stations
Data transfer rate
easy500, easy700
easy800, MFD, EC4P
Distance
Potential isolation
From power supply
From the connected device
Connection technique
NET network
Stations
Data transfer rate/distance
Potential isolation
From power supply
From the inputs
From the outputs
From the PC interface, memory card NET network,
EASY-Link
Bus termination (first and last station)
Connection technique
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Ue
http://catalog.moeller.net
MFD-CP4...
MFD-CP8..
MFD-AC-CP8..
V
24 DC (-15x+20 %)
24 DC (-15x+20 %)
V AC
V DC
%
Hz
100/110/115/120//230/
240 AC (+10/-15 %)
85…264
20.4…28.8
F5
20.4…28.8
F5
mA
mA
mA
ms
Normally
Normally
Normally 185
10
Normally
Normally
Normally 200
10
Normally 90
Normally 60
Normally
10
VA
VA
W
Normally
Normally
1.5
Normally
Normally
3.4
Normally 11
Normally 15
5
5
MFD-CP4...
MFD-CP8-NT
MFD-AC-CP8-NT
max. 1
max. 8
1000 Kbit/s, 6 m
500 Kbit/s, 25 m
250 Kbit/s, 40 m
125 Kbit/s, 125 m
50 Kbit/s, 300 m
20 Kbit/s, 700 m
10 Kbit/s, 1000 m
max. 8
1000 Kbit/s, 6 m
500 Kbit/s, 25 m
250 Kbit/s, 40 m
125 Kbit/s, 125 m
50 Kbit/s, 300 m
20 Kbit/s, 700 m
10 Kbit/s, 1000 m
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
RJ45, 8-pole
RJ45, 8-pole
50x60 (g 5%)
1
MBit/s
m
9.6 kBaud
19.2 kBaud
5
Yes
Yes
Spring-loaded terminals
Number
Technical Data
I/O modules
MFD-…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
MFD-R16
MFD-RA17
General
Standards
Dimensions (W x H x D)
mm
Weight
Mounting
Terminal capacities
Solid
Flexible with ferrule
Standard screwdriver
Data cable
Solid
Flexible with ferrule
Climatic environmental conditions
Operating ambient temperature
Condensation
Storage
Relative humidity, non-condensing (IEC/EN 60068-230)
Air pressure (operation)
Ambient conditions, mechanical
Pollution degree
Degree of protection IEC/EN 60529
Vibrations (IEC/EN 60068-2-6)
Constant amplitude 0.15 mm
Constant acceleration 2 g
Mechanical shock resistance (IEC/EN 60068-2-27) semisinusoidal 15 g/11 ms
Drop to IEC/EN 60068-2-31
Free fall, packaged (IEC/EN 60068-2-32)
Mounting position
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Electrostatic discharge (IEC/EN 61000-4-2, Level 3, ESD)
Air discharge
Contact discharge
Electromagnetic fields (IEC/EN 61000-4-3, RFI)
Drop
height
MFD-T16,
MFD-TA17,
MFD-T(A)P...
MFD-AC-R16
EN 61000-6-1/-2/-3/-4, IEC/EN 61000-4, IEC 60068-2-6, IEC 60068-2-27
89 x 90 x 44
89 x 90 x 25 (installed) 89 x 90 x 44
kg
0.15
0.14
Fitted into the power supply unit.
mm2
mm2
mm
0.2x4 (AWG 24 – 12)
0.2x2.5 (AWG 24 – 12)
3.5 x 0.6
mm2
mm2
0.08x2.5 (AWG 28 – 12)
0.08x1.5 (AWG 28 – 12)
°C
°C
%
-25 to 55, cold as per IEC 60068-2-1, heat as per IEC 60068-2-2
Take appropriate measures to prevent condensation
–40…70
–40…70
–40…70
5…95
5…95
5…95
hPa
795…1080
795…1080
795…1080
2
IP 20
2
IP 20
2
IP 20
Hz
Hz
Impacts
10…57
57…150
18
10…57
57…150
18
10…57
57…150
18
mm
50
50
50
m
1
horizontal, vertical
1
1
kV
kV
V/m
8
6
10
8
6
10
8
6
10
3.5 x 0.6
0.15
easy MFD
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/59
3.5 x 0.6
EN 55011 Class B, EN 55022 Class B
Radio interference suppression (EN 55011)
Burst pulses (IEC/EN 61000-4-4, level 3)
Supply cables
Signal lines
High-energy pulses (surge) (IEC/EN 61000-4-5)
kV
kV
kV
2
2
2
2
2 (supply cables, symmetrical)
High-energy pulses (surge) (IEC/EN 61000-4-5, level 2)
kV
0.5 (symmetrical power lines)
Immunity to line-conducted interference to (IEC/EN
61000-4-6)
V
10
10
Insulation resistance
Clearance in air and creepage distances
EN 50178, UL 508, CSA C22.2, no. 142
Insulation resistance
EN 50178
2
2
10
4/60
Technical Data
I/O modules
easy MFD
MFD-…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
MFD-T16 MFD-TA17
MFD-T.P..
12
4 (I7, I8, I11, I12)
12
4 (I7, I8, I11, I12)
6
2 (I11, I12)
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
24
< 5.0 (I1 – I6, I9 – I10), <
8 (I7, I8, I11, I12)
> 15.0 (I1 – I6, I9 – I10),
> 8.0 (I7, I8, I11, I12)
24
< 5.0 (I1 – I6, I9 – I10), <
8 (I7, I8, I11, I12)
> 15.0 (I1 – I6, I9 – I10),
> 8.0 (I7, I8, I11, I12)
24
< 5.0 (I1 – I4), < 8.0 (I11,
I12)
>15.0 (I1 – I4), > 8.0
(I11, I12)
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
3.3 (at 24 V DC)
3.3 (at 24 V DC)
2.2 (at 24 V DC)
3.3 (at 24 V DC)
2.2 (at 24 V DC)
2.2 (at 24 V DC)
3.3 (at 24 V DC)
2.2 (at 24 V DC)
ms
ms
20
Normally 0.025 (I1 – I4),
normally 0.25 (I5, I6, I9, I10),
normally 0.15 (I7, I8, I11,
20
20
Normally 0.025 (I1 – I4),
Normally 0.1 (I1 – I4),
normally 0.25 (I5, I6, I9, I10), normally 0.25 (I11 – I12)
normally 0.15 (I7, I8, I11,
ms
ms
20
Normally 0.025 (I1 – I4),
normally 0.25 (I5, I6, I9, I10),
normally 0.15 (I7, I8, I11,
20
20
Normally 0.025 (I1 – I4),
Normally 0.1 (I1 – I4),
normally 0.25 (I5, I6, I9, I10), normally 0.2 (I11, I12)
normally 0.15 (I7, I8, I11,
m
100
100
100
kHz
4 (I1, I2, I3, I4)
<3
Square
4 (I1, I2, I3, I4)
<3
Square
4 (I1, I2, I3, I4)
<3
Square
2 (I1 + I2, I3 + I4)
F3
Square
90°
2 (I1 + I2, I3 + I4)
F3
Square
90°
2 (I1 + I2, I3 + I4)
F3
Square
90°
4 (I1, I2, I3, I4)
<3
Square
< 20
4 (I1, I2, I3, I4)
<3
Square
< 20
4 (I1, I2, I3, I4)
<3
Square
< 20
Digital inputs 24 V DC
Number
Inputs can be used as analog inputs
Potential isolation
From power supply
Between digital inputs
From the outputs
From the PC interface, memory card NET network,
EASY-Link
Rated operational voltage
Ue V DC
On 0 signal
Ue V DC
On 1 signal
Input current on 1 signal
I1 to I6
I1 to I4
I7, I8
I9, I10
I11, I12
Delay time from 0 to 1
Debounce ON
Debounce OFF
Delay time from 1 to 0
Debounce ON
Debounce OFF
Cable length (unscreened)
Frequency counter
Quantity
Counter frequency
Pulse shape
Incremental counter
Quantity
Counter frequency
Pulse shape
Signal offset
Rapid counter inputs
Number
Counter frequency
Pulse shape
Cable length, screened
Digital inputs 115/230 V AC
Number
Status indication
Ue
V DC
kHz
kHz
m
MFD-AC-R16
3.3 (at 24 V DC)
2.2 (at 24 V DC)
12
LCD-display (if
present)
Potential isolation
From power supply
Between digital inputs
From the outputs
From the PC interface, memory card NET network, EASYLink
Rated voltage L (sinusoidal)
On 0 signal
V AC
On 1 signal
V AC
Rated frequency
Hz
Input current on 1 signal
I1 - I12
mA
Delay time
Delay time (0 – 1x1 – 0) I1 – I12, 50x60 Hz
Max. admissible cable length (per input)
I1 - I12
http://catalog.moeller.net
MFD-R16 MFD-RA17
m
No
No
Yes
Yes
0 – 40
79 – 264
50 – 60
12 x 0.2 (at 115 V
AC, 60 Hz), 12 x 0.5
(at 230 V AC, 50 Hz)
10x100
Normally 60
Technical data
I/O modules
MFD...
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
MFD-R16
MFD-T16
MFD-R…
MFD-T…
MFD-T(A)P
Analog inputs
Number
4 (I7, I8, I11, I12)
2 (I11, I12) for MFDT(A)P
Electrical isolation
To power supply
From the digital inputs
To the outputs
From the PC interface, memory card, NET network,
EASY-Link
Input type
Signal range
V DC
Resolution, analog
V
Resolution, digital
V
Resolution
Bit
Input impedance
Accuracy of actual value
2 MFD devices
Within a single device
Conversion time, analog/digital
Input current
Cable length screened
Analog outputs
Number
Electrical isolation
To power supply
From the digital inputs
From the digital outputs
From the PC interface, memory card,
NET network, EASY-Link
Output type
Signal range
V DC
Max. output current
A
Load resistance
Overload and short-circuit protection
No
No
Yes
Yes
kO
DC voltage
0 – 10
0.01
0.01
10
(value 0 – 1023)
11.2
%
%
ms
mA
m
g3
g 2
Every CPU cycle
<1
< 30
MFD-RA17
MFD-TA17
MFD-TAP
1
1
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
DC voltage
0 – 10
0.01
1 kO
Yes
DC voltage
0 – 10
0.01
1 kO
Yes
0.01
12 (value 0…4095)
at QA01, MD
0.1, 0.01, 0.001 at
MD
Resolution, analog
Resolution, digital
V DC
Bit
Resolution, digital
V DC
0.01
10, (value: 0 –
1023)
–
Recovery time
Accuracy
-25 °C – 55 °C
25°C
Conversion time
ms
100
100
%
%
2
1
Every CPU cycle
2
1
Every CPU cycle
MFD-TP, MFD-TAP
Analog input temperature resistance Pt100 or Ni1000 sensors
Number
Input type resistance sensor
Platinum sensor Pt100 according to DIN EN 60751, IEC 751
Nickel sensor Ni1000 according to DIN 43760
Temperature range
Pt100, Range A, selectable
Ni1000, Range A, selectable
Pt100, Range B
Electrical isolation
To power supply
From the digital inputs
To the outputs
From the PC interface, memory card, NET network, EASY-Link
Resolution digital, scaling per sensor
With operands "IA" and "MD", selectable under scaling
With operand "MD", selectable under scaling
Measuement value resolution analog/digital
Measuring current
Damage limit (in the case of a wiring error)
Measurement method
Accuracy (without EMC interference)
Two MFD devices one above the other
Pt100-sensor (Offset error, linearity error, repetition accuracy, temperature
dependency of the device included)
Ni1000-sensor (Offsetf error, linearity error, repetition accuracy, temperature
dependency of the device include)
Conversion time, analog/digital
Without sampling time setting, selectable per sensor
With sampling time (adjustable), selectable per sensor
Additional measurement aids
Filterung (Software), smoothing of analog input signals
(PT1 behaviour), only with set sampling time, selectable per sensor
. Filter for the suppression of certain frequencies and their multiples
Diagnostics
Card diagnostic
Wire break diagnostic per sensor
Wire break diagnostic per sensor
Below lower measurement range
Above upper measurement range
Cable length screened
2 x Pt100 or 2 x Nt1000 (jaccording to type)
°C , (°F)
°C , (°F)
°C , (°F)
–40 to +90, (-40 to 194); 0 to 250, (32 to 482); 0 to 400, (32 to 752)
–40 to +90, (-40 to 194); 0 to 250, (32 to 482)
0 to 850, (32 to 1562); - 200 to 200, (–328 to 392)
No
No
Yes
Yes
Bit
°C, (°F)
Bit
mA
12 (0 to 4095)
1, 0.1, (1), (0.1)
Depending upon the scaling
< 1.6
Apply external voltage
Two or three wire per sensor, selectable by connection of sensor
%
%
Typically 1; maximal 1.6 (Pt); 1.2 (Ni)
g0.8 of measurement range
%
g0.6 of measurement range
ms
ms
200
200 to 65535
Yes
Hz
50, 60, 250, 500
Yes
Yes
m
Yes
Yes
Yes
< 10
easy MFD
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/61
Technical Data
Relay outputs
easy relay, easy MFD, easy Control
EASY…, MFD-…, EC4P
Technical Data
Relay outputs
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Notes
http://catalog.moeller.net
EASY…, MFD-…, EC4P
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
EASY202-RE
EASY512-…-R…
EASY618/719-..-R..
EASY8…-…-R…
MFD-R.. MFD-AC-R..
EC4P-...-MR...
2
2
Not permissible
Miniature circuit-breaker B16
or fuse 8 A (slow)
4
1
Not permissible
Miniature circuit-breaker B16
or fuse 8 A (slow)
6
1
Not permissible
Miniature circuit-breaker B16
or fuse 8 A (slow)
6
1
Not permissible
Miniature circuit-breaker B16
or fuse 8 A (slow)
4
Not permissible
Miniature circuit-breaker B16
or fuse 8 A (slow)
6
1
Not permissible
Miniature circuit-breaker B16
or fuse 8 A (slow)
V AC
V AC
x 106
Yes
Yes
Yes
300
600
10
Yes
Yes
Yes
300
600
10
Yes
Yes
Yes
300
600
10
Yes
Yes
Yes
300
600
10
Yes
Yes
Yes
300
600
10
Yes
Yes
Yes
300
600
10
A
mA
A
A
kV
V AC
V AC
V AC
V AC
8
> 500
16
16
6
250
250
300
300
8
> 500
16
16
6
250
250
300
300
8
> 500
16
16
6
250
250
300
300
8
> 500
16
16
6
250
250
300
300
8
> 500
16
16
6
250
250
300
300
8
> 500
16
16
6
250
250
300
300
Operations
Operations
300000
200000
300000
200000
300000
200000
300000
200000
300000
200000
300000
200000
Operations
Operations
300000
200000
300000
200000
300000
200000
300000
200000
300000
200000
300000
200000
Operations
Operations
25000
25000
25000
25000
25000
25000
25000
25000
25000
25000
25000
25000
Operations
Operations
Operations
25000
25000
25000
25000
25000
25000
25000
25000
25000
25000
25000
25000
25000
25000
25000
25000
25000
25000
x 106
Hz
Hz
Hz
10
10
2
0.5
10
10
2
0.5
10
10
2
0.5
10
10
2
0.5
10
10
2
0.5
10
10
2
0.5
A
A
10
8
10
8
10
8
10
8
10
8
10
8
V AC
A
VA
B 300 Light Pilot Duty
300
5
3600/360
B 300 Light Pilot Duty
300
5
3600/360
B 300 Light Pilot Duty
300
5
3600/360
B 300 Light Pilot Duty
300
5
3600/360
B 300 Light Pilot Duty
300
5
3600x360
B 300 Light Pilot Duty
300
5
3600/360
V DC
A
VA
R 300 Light Pilot Duty
300
1
28/28
R 300 Light Pilot Duty
300
1
28/28
R 300 Light Pilot Duty
300
1
28/28
R 300 Light Pilot Duty
300
1
28/28
R 300 Light Pilot Duty
300
1
28x28
R 300 Light Pilot Duty
300
1
28/28
Relay outputs
Number
Outputs in groups of
Parallel switching of outputs for increased output
Protection of an output relay
Potential isolation
From power supply
From the inputs
From the PC interface, memory card NET network, EASY-Link
Safe isolation
Basic insulation
Lifespan, mechanical
Contacts
Conventional thermal current (10 A UL)
Recommended for load: 12 V AC/DC
Short-circuit-proof cos v = 1, characteristic B16 at 600 A
Short-circuit-proof cos v = 0.5 to 0.7, characteristic B16 at 900 A
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp of contact coil
Rated operational voltage
Rated insulation voltage
Safe isolation to EN 50178 between coil and contact
Safe isolation to EN 50178 between 2 contacts
Making capacity
AC-15, 250 V AC, 3 A (600 Ops./h)
DC-13 L/R F 150 ms 24 V DC, 1 A (500 Ops./h)
Breaking capacity
AC-15, 250 V AC, 3 A (600 Ops./h)
DC-13 L/R F 150 ms 24 V DC, 1 A (500 Ops./h)
Filament bulb load
1000 W at 230/240 V AC
500 W at 115/120 V AC
Fluorescent lamp load
Fluorescent lamp load 10 x 58 W at 230/240 V AC
With upstream electrical device
Uncompensated
Fluorescent lamp load 1 x 58 W at 230/240 V AC, conventional, compensated
Switching frequency
Mechanical operations
Switching frequency
Resistive load/lamp load
Inductive load
UL/CSA
Uninterrupted current at 240 V AC
Uninterrupted current at 24 V DC
AC
Control Circuit Rating Codes (utilization category)
Max. rated operational voltage
Max. thermal uninterrupted current y = 1 at B 300
Max. make/break capacity y k 1 at B 300
DC
Control Circuit Rating Codes (utilization category)
Max. rated operational voltage
Max. thermal uninterrupted current at R 300
Max. make/break capacity at R 300
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/63
Operations
Ue
Ui
For additional Technical Data EASY5... and EASY7... P AWB2528-1508GB, EASY8... P AWB2528-1423D
easy relay, easy MFD, easy Control
4/62
Technical Data
Transistor outputs
Technical Data
Transistor outputs
easy relay, easy MFD, easy Control
EASY…, MFD-…, EC4P
Transistor outputs
Number
Rated operational voltage
Admissible range
Residual ripple
Supply current
On 0 signal
On 1 signal
Protection against polarity reversal
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Ue
Ue
V DC
V DC
%
Normallyxmax.
Normallyxmax.
mA
mA
Potential isolation
From power supply
From the inputs
From the PC interface, memory card NET network, EASY-Link
Rated operational current on 1 signal DC
Lamp load without Rv
Residual current on 0 signal per channel
Max. output voltage
On 0 signal with external load < 10 MO
On 1 signal with Ie = 0.5 A
Short-circuit protection
Ie
Short-circuit tripping current for Ra F 10 mO
Total short-circuit current
Peak short-circuit current
Thermal cutout
Max. operating frequency with constant resistive load RL < 100 kO
(depending on number of active channels and their load)
Parallel connection of outputs
With resistive load, inductive load with external suppressor circuit,
combination within a group
Number of outputs
Max. total current
Output status indication
Inductive load
Without external suppressor circuit
T0.95 = 1 ms, R = 48 O, L = 16 mH
Utilization factor
Duty factor
Max. switching frequency f = 0.5 Hz (max. DF = 50
%)
DC-13, T0.95 = 72 ms, R = 48 O, L = 1.15 H
Utilization factor
Duty factor
Max. switching frequency f = 0.5 Hz (max. DF = 50
%)
T0.95 = 15 ms, R = 48 O, L = 0.24 H
Utilization factor
Duty factor
Max. switching frequency f = 0.5 Hz (max. DF = 50
%)
With external suppressor circuit
Utilization factor
Duty factor
Max. switching frequency, max. duty factor
Notes
http://catalog.moeller.net
EASY…, MFD-…, EC4P
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
EASY512-DC-T…
EASY620-DC-TE
EASY721-DC-T…
EASY8..-DC-T..
EC4P-…-MT…
MFD-T..
4
24
20.4 – 28.8
5
8
24
20.4 – 28.8
5
8
24
20.4 – 28.8
5
8
24
20.4 – 28.8
5
8
24
20.4 – 28.8
5
4
24
20.4 – 28.8
9/16
12/22
Yes (Attention: A short-circuit will occur if voltage is applied to
the outputs on account of reverse polarity.)
18/32
18/32
18/32
18/32
24/44
24/44
24/44
24/44
Yes (Attention: A short-circuit will occur if voltage is applied to the outputs on account of reverse polarity.)
18/32
24 /44
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Max. 0.5
3 (Q1 – Q4) 5 (Q5 – Q8)
< 0.1
Max. 0.5
5
< 0.1
max. 0.5
5 (Q1 – Q4)
< 0.1
Yes
Max. 0.5
5
< 0.1
Max. 0.5
5
< 0.1
V
V
2.5
U = Ue -1 V
Yes, thermal (analysis via diagnostics input I16, I15; R15, R16)
2.5
2.5
U = Ue -1 V
U = Ue -1 V
Yes, thermal (analysis via diagnostics input I16, I15; R15, R16)
2.5
2.5
U = Ue -1 V
U = Ue -1 V
Yes, electronic (Q1 – Q4), thermal (Q5 – Q8), (analysis via
diagnostics input I16, I15)
2.5
U = Ue -1 V
Thermal (Q1 – Q4), (evaluation with
diagnostics input I16)
A
A
A
0.7 F Ie F 2 per output
8
16
Yes
40000
0.7 F Ie F 2 per output
16
32
Yes
40000
0.7 F Ie F 2 per output
16
32
Yes
40000
0.7 F Ie F 2 per output
16
32
Yes
40000
0.7 F Ie F 2 per output
8
16
Yes
40000
Group 1: Q1 to Q4
Group 1: S1 - S4
Group 1: Q1 to Q4
Group 1: Q1 to Q4
Group 2: S5 - S8
Group 2: Q5 - Q8
Group 2: Q5 - Q8
4
4
4
2 (Caution! Outputs must be actuated simultaneously and for the same length of time.)
Group 1: Q1 to Q4
Group 2: Q5 - Q8
4
Group 1: Q1 to Q4
max.
A
4
2 (Caution! Outputs must be actuated simultaneously and for the
same length of time.)
LCD-display (if present)
Max. 0.5
5
< 0.1
Yes
Yes
Yes
A
W
mA
Ops./h
0.7 F Ie F 2 per output
16
32
Yes
40000
4
LCD-display (if present)
g
% DF
0.25
100
1500
0.25
100
1500
0.25
100
1500
0.25
100
1500
0.25
100
1500
0.25
100
1500
g
% DF
0.25
100
1500
0.25
100
1500
0.25
100
1500
0.25
100
1500
0.25
100
1500
0.25
100
1500
g
% DF
0.25
100
1500
0.25
100
1500
0.25
100
1500
0.25
100
1500
0.25
100
1500
0.25
100
1500
g
% DF
1
100
Depending on the suppressor circuit
1
1
100
100
Depending on the suppressor circuit
1
100
1
100
1
100
Operations
Operations
Operations
Operations
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/65
1) For inductive
loading, without external suppression of the transistor outputs, the following applies: T0.95 = time in ms, until 95 % of the steady-state
current is achieved. T0.95 Q 3 x T0.65 = 3 x L/R.
Data transfer rate in the NET network: bus lengths of 40 m and over only attainable with cables with additional cross-section and connection adapter.
For additional Technical Data EASY5... and EASY7... P AWB2528-1508GB, EASY8... P AWB2528-1423D
easy relay, easy MFD, easy Control
4/64
4/66
Technical Data
Programmable logic controllers
EC4P
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
http://catalog.moeller.net
EC4P...
easy Control
General
Standards
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Weight
Mounting
mm
kg
Terminal capacities
Solid
Flexible with ferrule
Standard screwdriver
Max. tightening torque
Climatic environmental conditions
Operating ambient temperature
Condensation
LCD display (clearly legible)
Storage
Relative humidity, non-condensing (IEC/EN 60068-2-30)
Air pressure (operation)
Corrosion resistance
IEC/EN 60068-2-42
IEC/EN 60068-2-43
Ambient conditions, mechanical
Pollution degree
Degree of protection IEC/EN 60529
Vibrations (IEC/EN 60068-2-6)
Constant amplitude 3.5 mm
Constant acceleration, 1 g
Mechanical shock resistance (IEC/EN 60068-2-27) semisinusoidal 15 g/11 ms
Drop to IEC/EN 60068-2-31
Free fall, packaged (IEC/EN 60068-2-32)
Mounting position
4 days SO2
4 days H2S
EN 55011, EN 55022, IEC/EN 61000-4, IEC 60068-2-6, IEC 60068-2-27
107.5 x 90 x 72 without/79 with adapter for MCC (6 SU)
0.32
Top-hat rail IEC/EN 60715, 35 mm or screw fixing using 3 fixing brackets
ZB4-101-GF1 (accessories)
mm2
mm2
mm
Nm
0.2/4 (AWG 22 – 12)
0.2/2.5 (AWG 22 – 12)
3.5 x 0.8
0.6
°C
°C
°C
%
–25 … 55, low temperatures to IEC 60068-2-1, high temperatures to IEC 60068-2-2
Take appropriate measures to prevent condensation
0…55
–40…70
5…95
hPa
795…1080
cm3/m3
cm3/m3
10
1
2
IP 20
Drop height
Hz
Hz
Impacts
5…9
8…150
18
mm
50
m
1
Horizontal/vertical
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Electrostatic discharge (IEC/EN 61000-4-2, Level 3, ESD)
Air discharge
Contact discharge
Electromagnetic fields (IEC/EN 61000-4-3, RFI)
Radio interference suppression (EN 55011)
Burst pulses (IEC/EN 61000-4-4, level 3)
Supply cables
Signal lines
High-energy pulses (surge) (IEC/EN 61000-4-5, level 2)
kV
kV
V/m
8
6
10
EN 55011 Class B, EN 55022 Class B
kV
kV
kV
2
2
0.5 symmetrical, 1 asymmetrical
Immunity to line-conducted interference to (IEC/EN 61000-4-6)
V
10
Insulation resistance
Clearance in air and creepage distances
Insulation resistance
EN 50178, UL 508, CSA C22.2, no. 142
EN 50178
Back-up/Accuracy of the real-time clock
Durée de sauvegarde
200
180
160
140
120
a 100
80
60
40
20
0
25˚C
55˚C
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
b
Accuracy of the real-time clock
Retentive memory
Write cycles of the retentive memory
s/day
a Back-up time (hours)
b Service life (years)
Normally g 5 (g 0.5 hxyear)
10000000000 (10AJ) (Read-write cycles)
Technical Data
Programmable logic controllers
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/67
EC4P
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Power supply
Rated operational voltage
Admissible range
Residual ripple
Input current
Input current 115/230 V AC
Voltage dips (IEC/EN 61131-2)
Heat dissipation
Ue
V
V DC
%
24 DC (-15/+20%)
20.4…28.8
F5
mA
ms
W
Normally 140
10
typ.A3.4C
CPU
Microprocessor
Memory
Program code/data
Marker/Input/Output/Retain data
Cycle time for 1 k of instructions (Bit, Byte)
kByte
KByte
ms
256/14 segments of 16 KB each
16/4/4/8
<0.3
Interfaces
COM1 (RS 232) without control lines
Data transfer rate for programming
kBit/s
4.8, 9.6, 19.2, 38.4, 57.6, 115.2 (character format: 8 bit data, no parity, 1
stop bit)
RJ-45 socket
none
kbit/s
0.3, 0.6, 1.2, 2.4, 4.8, 9.6, 19.2, 38.4, 57.6
8E1, 8O1, 8N1, 8N2, 7E2, 7O2, 7N2, 7E1
190 bytes
Connection types
Potential isolation
In the transparent mode
Data transfer rate
Character formats
Number of transmission bytes in a block
Infineon XC161
190 bytes
Number of received bytes in a block
CANopen
Data transfer rate/distance
500 kBit/s, 25 m
250 kBit/s, 60m
125 kBit/s, 125 m
50 kBit/s, 300 m
20 kBit/s, 700 m
10 kBit/s, 1000 m
Potential isolation
From power supply
From the inputs
From the outputs
Bus termination (first and last station)
Connection types
easy-NET operating mode
Number of users
CANopen operating mode
Stations
PDO type
Control contact rated current
Analog outputs
Number
Potential isolation
From power supply
From the digital inputs
From the digital outputs
To neworks NET and EASY-Link
Output type
Signal range
Max. output current
Load resistance
Overload and short-circuit protection
Resolution, analog
Resolution, digital
Recovery time
Accuracy
-25 °C – 55 °C
25°C
Conversion time, analog/digital
Yes
Yes
Yes
EASY-NT-R plug (incl. bus terminating resistor 120 O)
2 x RJ45, 8 pole
8
Number
8
Asynchronous, cyclic, acyclic
to DS301V4
1
V DC
Bit
ms
No
No
Yes
Yes
DC voltage
0 – 10
0.01
1 kO
Yes
0.01
10, (value: 0 – 1023)
100
%
%
ms
2
1
Every CPU cycle
V DC
A
easy Control
EC4P-...
4/68
Technical Data
Programmable logic controllers
EC4P
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
easy Control
EC4P-...
Digital inputs 24 V DC
Number
Inputs can be used as analog inputs
Status indication
Potential isolation
From power supply
Between digital inputs
From the outputs
To neworks NET and EASY-Link
Rated operational voltage
On 0 signal
On 1 signal
Input current on 1 signal
I1 to I6
I7, I8
I9, I10
I11, I12
Delay time from 0 to 1
Delay time from 1 to 0
Cable length (unscreened)
Incremental counter
Quantity
Value range
Counter frequency
Pulse shape
Counter inputs
Reference input
Input for reference switch
Signal offset
Rapid counter inputs
Number
Value range
Cable length, screened
Counter frequency
Pulse shape
Analog inputs
Quantity
Potential isolation
From power supply
From the digital inputs
From the outputs
To neworks NET and EASY-Link
Input type
Signal range
Resolution, analog
Resolution, digital
Resolution, digital
Input impedance
Accuracy of actual value
Two EASY devices
Within a single device
Conversion time, analog/digital
Input current
Cable length screened
Relay outputs
Transistor outputs
12
4 (I7, I8, I11, I12)
LCD display (if provided)
Ue
Ue
Ue
V DC
V DC
V DC
No
No
Yes
Yes
24
< 5 (I1 – I6, I9, I10) < 8 (I7, I8, I11, I12)
> 15.0 (I1 – I6, I9, I10), > 8.0 (I7, I8, I11, I12)
mA
mA
mA
mA
ms
ms
m
3.3 (at 24 V DC)
2.2 (at 24 V DC)
3.3 (at 24 V DC)
2.2 (at 24 V DC)
Normally 0.02 (I1 – I4), Normally 0.25 (I5 – I12)
Normally 0.02 (I1 – I4), Normally 0.25 (I5 – I12)
100
kHz
m
kHz
1 (I1, I2, I3, I4)
32 Bit
F 40
Square
I1, I2
I3
I4
90°
2 (I1, I2) at 16 Bit or 1 (I1) at 32 Bit
16/32 Bit
< 20
< 50
Square
4 (I7, I8, I11, I12)
V DC
V
V
Bit
kO
%
%
ms
mA
m
No
No
Yes
Yes
DC voltage
0 – 10
0.01
0.01
10 (value 0 – 1023)
11.2
g3
g 2, (I7, I8, I11, I12) g 0.12 V
Every CPU cycle
<1
< 30
a Page 4/62
a Page 4/64
http://catalog.moeller.net
Technical Data
Bus modules
EASY2…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
EASY205-ASI
EASY204-DP
General
Standards
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Weight
Mounting
Terminal capacities
Solid
Flexible with ferrule
Standard screwdriver
Max. tightening torque
Climatic environmental conditions
Operating ambient temperature
Condensation
Storage
Relative humidity, non-condensing (IEC/EN 60068-230)
Air pressure (operation)
Ambient conditions, mechanical
Degree of protection IEC/EN 60529
Vibrations (IEC/EN 60068-2-6)
Constant amplitude 0.15 mm
Constant acceleration 2 g
Mechanical shock resistance (IEC/EN 60068-2-27) semi-sinusoidal 15
g/11 ms
Drop to IEC/EN 60068-2-31
Drop height
Free fall, packaged (IEC/EN 60068-2-32)
Mounting position
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
Electrostatic discharge (IEC/EN 61000-4-2, Level 3, ESD)
Air discharge
Contact discharge
Electromagnetic fields (IEC/EN 61000-4-3, RFI)
Radio interference suppression (EN 55011)
Burst pulses (IEC/EN 61000-4-4, level 3)
AS-Interface cables
Supply cables
Signal lines
High-energy pulses (surge) (IEC/EN 61000-4-5, level 2)
Immunity to line-conducted interference to (IEC/EN
61000-4-6)
Insulation resistance
Clearance in air and creepage distances
Insulation resistance
mm
kg
EASY221-CO
EASY222-DN
EN 55011, EN 55022, IEC/EN 61000-4,
EN 55011, EN 55022, IEC/EN 61000-4,
IEC 62026
EN 50325
EN 55011, EN 55022, IEC/EN 61000-4,
EN 55011, EN 55022, IEC/EN 61000-4,
IEC 61158
IEC 62026
35.5 x 90 x 58 (2 SU)
35.5 x 90 x 58 (2 TE)
0.12
0.15
0.15
Top-hat rail IEC/EN 60715, 35 mm or screw fixing using fixing brackets ZB4-101-GF1
(accessories)
mm2
mm2
mm
Nm
0.2/4 (AWG 22 – 12)
0.2/2.5 (AWG 22 – 12)
3.5 x 0.8
0.6
°C
°C
%
–25 … 55, low temperatures to IEC 60068-2-1, high temperatures to IEC 60068-2-2
Take appropriate measures to prevent condensation
–40…70
–40…70
5…95
5…95
hPa
795…1080
795…1080
IP 20
IP 20
Hz
Hz
Impacts
10…57
57…150
18
10…57
57…150
18
mm
50
50
m
1
Horizontal/vertical
1
Horizontal/vertical
II/2
II/2
kV
kV
V/m
8
6
10
EN 55011 Class B, EN 55022 Class B
8
6
10
kV
kV
kV
kV
2
0.5 (supply cables, symmetrical)
2
2
0.5 (supply cables, symmetrical)
V
10
10
EN 50178, UL 508, CSA C22.2, no. 142
EN 50178
EN 50178
0.2/4 (AWG 22 – 12)
0.2/2.5 (AWG 22 – 12)
3.5 x 0.8
0.6
easy Relay, easy Control, easy MFD
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/69
4/70
Technical Data
Bus modules
easy Relay, easy Control, easy MFD
EASY2…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
http://catalog.moeller.net
EASY205-ASI
EASY204-DP
EASY221-CO
EASY222-DN
V
V DC
mA
26.5 – 31.6
F 30
24 (-15/+20 %)
20.4…28.8
–
24 (-15/+20 %)
20.4…28.8
–
24 (-15/+20 %)
20.4…28.8
–
%
mA
–
–
<5
Normally 200
<5
Normally 200
<5
Normally 200
ms
–
10
10
10
W
–
4.8
4.8
4.8
Yes
–
–
–
7F (hex)
0–31
3.5 mm socket
–
–
–
–
–
Yes
–
Yes
–
Yes
LEDs
Supply
Power: green
Power LED (POW): green
RUN LED (RUN): green
LED display
Com Error: red
LED ERROR (ERR): red
Reset
–
Control relays
LED-PROFIBUS-DP (BUS):
rot
–
Control relays
–
Control relays
Module Status LED (MS):
green
LED network status (NS):
red/green
–
Control relays
S1 r input 0
S1 r input 1
S3 r input 2
S4 r input 3
R1 R output 0
R2 R output 1
R3 R output 2
R4 R output 3
R5 R PARAMETER OUTPUT 0
R6 R PARAMETER OUTPUT 1
R7 R PARAMETER OUTPUT 2
R8 R PARAMETER OUTPUT 3
–
–
–
Network
Connection technique
–
SUB-D 9-pole, socket
RJ45
Potential isolation
–
Function
Interface
Bus protocol
Baud rates
–
–
–
–
Bus terminating resistors
–
Bus addresses
–
1 – 126, can be addressed
via EASY basic unit with
display or via EASY-SOFT
1 – 127, can be
addressed via EASY
basic unit with display
or via EASY-SOFT
Services
Cyclical
Acyclical
–
–
–
Power supply
Rated operational voltage
Ue
Admissible range
Total power consumption of the ASInterface
Residual ripple
max. current consumption
(at 24 V DC)
Voltage dips (IEC/EN 61131-2)
Heat dissipation at 24 V DC
Protection against polarity reversal
AS-Interface interface protection against
polarity reversal
AS-Interface profile cable
Slave address
Addressing unit interface
AS-I power supply
Logic links
easy700/easy800 contact and coil t
AS-Interface
5-pole, pluggable screw
terminal
Between bus and power supply (simple), between bus and power supply and easy
base unit (safe isolation)
PROFIBUS-DP slave
CANopen slave
DeviceNet slave
RS485
CAN
CAN
PROFIBUS DP
CANopen
DeviceNet
Automatic search up to 12
Automatic search up to Automatic search up to
MBitxs
1 MBitxs
500 Kbitxs
Can be connected via plug
Separate, external bus
Separate, external bus
termination required
termination required (120
(120 O)
O)
0 – 63, can be addressed
via EASY basic unit with
display or via EASY-SOFT
All data R1 – R16, S1 – S8
Read/write, real-time, day, summer/winter time, all the parameters of the EASY
function relay
Technical Data
Ethernet Gateway, Upstream devices, SmartWire modules
EASY2…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
EASY209-SE
General
Standards
EASY223-SWIRE
EN 55011, EN 55022, IEC/EN
61000-4, EN 50178
Dimensions (W x H x D)
mm
Weight
Mounting
kg
Channels
Voltage range at Ue
Higher current 115/230 V AC
Delay time
Cable length
Parallel switching of outputs for increased output
Qty.
EN 55011, EN 55022, IEC/EN EN 55011, EN 55022, IEC/EN
61000-4, IEC/EN 60068-261000-4
27, EN 50325
35.5 x 90 x 58 (2 SU)
35.5 x 90 x 101.2 (2 space 35.5 x 90 x 58 (2 space units)
units)
0.15
0.15
0.15
Top-hat rail IEC/EN 60715, 35 mm or screw fixing using fixing brackets ZB4-101-GF1 (accessories)
6
0 – 264
4/6
40/37
100
Multiple possibilities (the
switch-off delay extends
accordingly with the
respective number of parallel
channels)
Capitative
mA
ms
m
Type or resistance
Terminal capacities
Solid
Flexible with ferrule
Standard screwdriver
Max. tightening torque
mm2
mm2
mm
Nm
0.2/4 (AWG 22 – 12)
0.2/2.5 (AWG 22 – 12)
3.5 x 0.8
0.6
Data cable
Solid
Flexible with ferrule
mm2
mm2
0.25/1.5 (AWG 24/16)
0.14/ 1 (AWG 26/17)
Climatic environmental conditions
Operating ambient temperature
°C
–25...+55
Condensation
Storage
Relative humidity, non-condensing (IEC/EN 60068-2-30)
Air pressure (operation)
°C
%
hPa
Ambient conditions, mechanical
Degree of protection IEC/EN 60529
Vibrations (IEC/EN 60068-2-6)
Constant amplitude 0.15 mm
Constant acceleration 2 g
Mechanical shock resistance (IEC/EN 60068-227) semi-sinusoidal 15 g/11 ms
Drop to IEC/EN 60068-2-31
Drop
height
Free fall, packaged (IEC/EN 60068-2-32)
Mounting position
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
Electrostatic discharge (IEC/EN 61000-4-2, Level 3, ESD)
Air discharge
Contact discharge
Electromagnetic fields (IEC/EN 61000-4-3, RFI)
V/m
Radio interference suppression (EN 55011)
Burst pulses (IEC/EN 61000-4-4, level 3)
AS-Interface cables
Supply cables
Signal lines
Ethernet interface cable
COM interface cable
High-energy pulses (surge) (IEC/EN 61000-4-5,
level 2)
Immunity to line-conducted interference to (IEC/
EN 61000-4-6)
Clearance in air and creepage distances
Insulation resistance
EASY256-HCI
0.34 – 1.5 (AWG 22 – 16)
0.34 – 1.5 (AWG 22 – 16)
3.5 x 0.8
0.6
0.2/4 (AWG 22 – 12)
0.2/2.5 (AWG 22 – 12)
3.5 x 0.8
0.6
–25 … 55, low temperatures to IEC 60068-2-1, high
temperatures to IEC 60068-2-2
Take appropriate measures to prevent condensation
–40…70
–25…70
–40…70
5…95
5…95
5…95
795…1080
795…1080
795…1080
IP 20
IP 20
IP 20
Hz
Hz
Impacts
10…57
57…150
18
10…57
57…150
18
10…57
57…150
18
mm
50
50
50
m
1
Horizontal/vertical
1
Vertical (on horizontal top-hat rail)
1
Horizontal/vertical
II/2
II/2
II/2
8
8
6
4
RS-232 line without screen: 3, 10
with screen: 10
EN 55011 Class B, EN 55022 Class B
8
6
10
kV
kV
kV
kV
kV
kV
kV
kV
V
2
2
2
1 (supply cables, symmetrical)
2
2
0.5 (supply cables,
symmetrical)
10
RS-232 line without screen: 3,
with screen: 10
EN 50178, UL 508, CSA C22.2, no. 142
EN 50178
EN 50178
2 (supply cables, symmetrical,
EASY…DC)
10
EN 50178
easy relay, easy MFD, easy Control
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/71
4/72
Technical Data
Ethernet Gateway, Upstream devices, SmartWire modules
easy relay, easy MFD, easy Control
EASY2…
Power supply
Rated operational voltage
Admissible range
Residual ripple
max. current consumption (at 24 V DC)
Voltage dips (IEC/EN 61131-2)
Heat dissipation at 24 V DC
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Ue
EASY209-SE
EASY223-SWIRE
V
V DC
%
mA
24 (-15/+20 %)
20.4…28.8
5
Normally 65
ms
W
24 (-15/+20 %)
20.4…28.8
5
Normally 100 + n x 30
n = Number of stations
10
1.7W
Supply voltage UAUX (power supply for switching SmartWire
elements, e.g. contactor coils)
Rated operational voltage UAux
V DC
Admissible range
Max. current consumption (at 24 V DC)
Residual ripple
Voltage dips (IEC/EN 61131-2)
Short-circuit on the SmartWire end
http://catalog.moeller.net
24, –15 %, +20 % (Derating above > 40 °C)
20.4…28.8
at 45 °C: 21.0…28.8
at 50 °C: 21.6…28.8
at 55 °C: 22.2…27.6
mA
%
ms
Normally 3
<5
10
No. 3 A external protection necessary. MCB
FAZ-Z3
Supply voltage UGateway (supply voltage Gateway Electronic
and SmartWire element electronics)
Rated operating voltage UGateway
Admissible range
Max. current consumption (at 24 V DC)
V DC
V DC
A
Residual ripple
Voltage dips (IEC/EN 61131-2)
Heat dissipation at 24 V DC
%
ms
W
24 (-15/+20 %)
20.4 … 28.8
Normally 500 (normally 100 gateways +
normally 25 per controller wiring module)
F5
10
Normally 14 (normally 4 gateways + normally
0.6 per controller wiring module)
Yes
Short-circuit on the SmartWire end
Protection against polarity reversal
AS-I power supply
Yes
LEDs
Supply
LED display
RJ 45 socket, top
Front power LED: ON
Front-LED COM active: flashing
No Activity: OFF, Amber: Half Duplex, Green: Full
Duplex
No Link: OFF, Amber: 10 MBit/s, Green: 100
MBit/s
RJ 45 socket, bottom
Gateway ready for operation
Power supply SmartWire (contactor)
Network Status (easyNET/CANopen)
Ready: green
UAUX: green
Bus: green/red
Status SmartWire
Reset
Strain relief
SmartWire: green
Front: via buttons > 2s
Via cable binders in retaining nipples
Network
Connection technique
Potential isolation
Bus protocol
Bus terminating resistors
Bus addresses
SmartWire
Connection types
Data/power cable
Maximum cable length (gateway to last
station)
Bus termination (last station)
Slave address allocation
Potential isolation
Station
Yes
RJ45, 8-pole
Yes, for UAUX, UGATEWAY, SmartWire
a page 4/35
Factory settings Ethernet: IP address 0.0.0.0
SUBNET mask: 255.255.0.0 Gateway address
0.0.0.0 Remote address 0.0.0.0
m
External, first and last station
easy-NET: 2 … 8, adjustable via easyNet
configutarion (station 1) or terminal mode
CANopen: 1 … 126, adjustable via DIP
switches
Plug, 6 pole
6 core flat-band cable
4
Termination connector
via SmartWire gateway
none
Max. 16, via SmartWire gateway
Technical Data
Switched-mode power supply units
EASY…POW
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
EASY200-POW
General
Standards
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Weight
Mounting
mm
kg
EASY400-POW
EN 55011, EN 55022, IEC/EN 61000-4, IEC/EN 60068-2-27
35.5 x 90 x 58 (2 space units)
71.5 x 90 x 58 (4 TE)
0.1
0.25
Top-hat rail IEC/EN 60715, 35 mm or screw fixing using fixing brackets
ZB4-101-GF1 (accessories)
Terminal capacities
Solid
mm2
0.2/4 (AWG 22 – 12)
0.2/4 (AWG 22 – 12)
Flexible with ferrule
mm2
0.2/2.5 (AWG 22 – 12)
0.2/2.5 (AWG 22 – 12)
Standard screwdriver
Max. tightening torque
mm
Nm
3.5 x 0.8
0.6
3.5 x 0.8
0.6
°C
°C
%
–25 … 55, low temperatures to IEC 60068-2-1, high temperatures to IEC 60068-2-2
Take appropriate measures to prevent condensation
–40…70
–40…70
5…95
5…95
hPa
m
795…1080
2000
795…1080
2000
2
IP 20
2
IP 20
Hz
Hz
Impacts
10…57
57…150
18
10…57
57…150
18
mm
50
50
m
1
Horizontal/vertical
1
Horizontal/vertical
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Electrostatic discharge (IEC/EN 61000-4-2, Level 3, ESD)
Air discharge
Contact discharge
Electromagnetic fields (IEC/EN 61000-4-3, RFI)
kV
kV
V/m
8
6
10
8
6
10
Radio interference suppression (EN 55011)
Burst pulses (IEC/EN 61000-4-4, level 3)
High-energy pulses (surge) (IEC/EN 61000-4-5)
kV
kV
EN 50011 Class B; EN 60715 Class B, EN 50081-2 Class B
2
2
2 (supply cables, symmetrical)
High-energy pulses (surge) (IEC/EN 61000-4-5, level 2), 24 V
kV
0.5 (outgoer cables symmetrical, EASY...DC)
Immunity to line-conducted interference to (IEC/EN 61000-4-6)
Surge voltage (EN 50178), 24 V
V
kV
10
6
Climatic environmental conditions
Operating ambient temperature
Condensation
Storage
Relative humidity, non-condensing (IEC/EN 60068-2-30)
Air pressure (operation)
Max. installation altitude above sea level, observe derating with
higher altitudes
Ambient conditions, mechanical
Pollution degree
Degree of protection IEC/EN 60529
Vibrations (IEC/EN 60068-2-6)
Constant amplitude 0.15 mm
Constant acceleration 2 g
Mechanical shock resistance (IEC/EN 60068-2-27) semisinusoidal 15 g/11 ms
Drop to IEC/EN 60068-2-31
Free fall, packaged (IEC/EN 60068-2-32)
Mounting position
Drop height
Insulation resistance
Clearance in air and creepage distances
Insulation resistance
Protection class Uout to Uin
Potential isolation primary/secondary
Input voltage
Rated input voltage AC
Protective switches AC
Rated input voltage DC
DC protective switches
Voltage range
Frequency range
Power failure bridging 115/230 V
Fuse 115/230 V
10
6
EN 50178
EN 50178
EN 50178
EN 50178
Class II to IEC 60536
Class II to IEC 60536
yes, SELV (VDE 0100 part 410; IEC 60364-4-41, HD 384.4.41 S2) EN 60950
V
V
V AC
Hz
ms
A
100/120/230/240 (–15/+10 %)
FAZ-C1/1 or FAZ-B6/1
85 – 265
FAZ-C2/1-DC
85 – 264
47 – 63
> 10/> 20
1.5 slow
100/120/230/240 (–15/+10 %)
FAZ-C2/1 or FAZ-B6/1
85 – 265
FAZ-C2/1-DC
85 – 264
47 – 63
> 10/> 20
2/1 slow
easy relay, easy MFD, easy Control
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/73
4/74
Technical Data
Switched-mode power supply units
easy relay, easy MFD, easy Control
EASY…POW
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
http://catalog.moeller.net
EASY200-POW
EASY400-POW
Rating data
Efficiency
Power consumption
Power loss
%
W
W
> 81
Normally 7
Normally 1
> 87
Normally 35
Normally 5
Input current
Input current rated value 115/230 V AC
Inrush current at 25 °C 230 V
A
A
Approx. 0.17/0.05
< 5
Approx. 0.3/0.15
< 5
Output voltage
12 V DC (reference voltage)
Rated value
Tolerance
Switching peaks
V DC
%
mVPP
12
g4
<7
%
%
g1
g1
V DC
%
mVPP
24
g3
< 50/30
24
g5
<5
%
%
g1
g1
g1
g2
mA
mA
V
0 – 20
20
< 12
Yes, by current limitationpermanently
short-circuit proof
Effect of input voltage
Effect with 25 – 100 % load change
24 V DC
Rated value
Tolerance
Switching peaks 115/230
Effect of input voltage
Effect with 25 – 100 % load change
Output current
12 V DC (reference voltage)
Output current
Effectiveness of current limitation
Reduction of output voltage after current limitation
Overload proof
Proof against sustained short circuit
24 V DC
Output current
Effectiveness of current limitation
Reduction of output voltage after current limitation
Overload proof
Proof against sustained short circuit
A
A
V
Special load conditions
Lamp load, cold, 24 V DC
Base load present
Behaviour on emergency-stop in 24 V circuit, disconnection with
contactor (contactor load, no damage)
Displays
Indication of output voltage (LED, continuous green light = OK)
Yes
0 – 0.35
> 0.4
Yes, by current limitation
Yes, hickup-mode
0 – 1.25
> 1.25
< 18
Yes, by current limitation
Yes, hickup mode, approx. 10 Hz
W
W
W
2
2
6
10
5
30
V DC
24
24
Dimensions
Basic units
http://catalog.moeller.net
easy
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
easy200
easy223-SWIRE
easy500
7.5
4/75
easy700
10.75
50
16.25
75
16.25
107.5
35.75
35.5
71.5
easy200
easy500
easy700
45
easy223-SWIRE
4.5
105
47.5
56.5
58
easy800
75
16.25
110
90
45
M4
102
16.25
4.5
48.5
70.5
72
107.5
easy relay, SmartWire
110
90
M4
7.5
102
110
90
M4
102
110
90
102
M4
4/76
Dimensions
Basic units
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
http://catalog.moeller.net
EC4P...
16.25
75
16.25
45
110
90
102
easy MFD, easy control
M4
4.5
16
21
48.5
107.5
70.5
72
79
MFD-80
MFD-80-B
30
86.5
32
30
22.3
17
22.3 +0.4
MFD-80..
MFD-CP...
MFD-CP...
21.5
28.25
30
20
28.25
13.7
13.7
62
86.5
MFD-R...
90
90
MFD-CP...
88.1
38.75
16.25
30 g0.2
75
107.5
38.75
4.5
16.25
29.5
19
25
Dimensions
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
75
107.5
88.2
20
43.2
33.7
86.5
easy relay, easy MFD, easy Control
58
MFD-80... + MFD-CP4...
90
MFD-80... + MFD-CP... + MFD-R.../MFD-T...
MFD-80... + MFD-AC-CP... + MFD-AC-R16
86.5
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/77
29.3
36.2
65.5
4/78
Dimensions
Accessories
http://catalog.moeller.net
SKF-FF6
16
76
76
16
25
94
25
130
Top-hat rail adapter for hinged inspection window
SKF-HA
66
48
11
82
Protective cover
MFD-XS-80
95
Protective diaphragm
MFD-XM-80
88.5
22.5
88.5
Mounting rails
MFD-TS-144
23.75
30 g0.2
142.5
38.75
35
60
24
easy Relay, easy Control, easy MFD
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Mounting accessories
SKF-FF4
86.5
25
Contents
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/79
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
0 1 2
3
4 5 6
0 1 2 7
3
4 5 14
15
Modular PLC – XC100/XC200
System overview
Ordering
Basic devices
Basic devices, accessories
Accessories
Technical data
Modular PLC
Mains filter
Digital input modules
Configurable digital input/output module
Analog input modules
Communication modules
Page
4/80
4/80
4/82
4/82
4/84
4/85
4/107
4/107
4/112
4/113
4/115
4/116
4/118
PS416 Modular PLCs
System overview
Ordering
Racks, power supply cards, CPU cards
Digital input/output cards, analog input/output cards
Telecontrol modules
Suconet K card, PROFIBUS-DP card, communication cards
Accessories
Technical data
Central processing unit
Current supply units, digital input cards
Digital output cards
Analog input/output cards
Digital counter cards
PROFIBUS-FMS card, Suconet-K card
PROFIBUS-DP cards
Communication cards, telecontrol modules
Compact PLC PS4
System overview
Ordering
Basic devices
Interface converters, telecontrol cards/modules
Page
4/86
4/86
4/88
4/88
4/90
Local expansion
Accessories
Technical data
Basic devices
Bus modules
Interface converter
Telecontrol modules
Local expansion
VDE 0660/EMV
4/91
4/92
4/119
4/119
4/128
4/132
4/133
4/136
4/143
Page
4/94
4/94
4/95
4/95
4/96
4/97
4/98
4/99
4/144
4/144
4/145
4/146
4/147
4/148
4/149
4/150
4/151
HMI MI4
Description
Text, touch operator panel
Ordering
Text, touch operator panel
Description
Configuration software
Ordering
Accessories
Page
4/101
4/101
4/101
4/102
4/102
4/104
4/104
4/105
4/105
Switched-mode power supply units, ower supply units
Ordering
Power supplies
Technical data
Page
4/106
4/106
4/106
4/152
Control and visualization
XC-CPU201
4/80
System overview
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
http://catalog.moeller.net
Modular PLC – XC100/XC200
1
1
F1
F2
F10
F11
F12
F13
F14
F15
180°
F3
+/-
,
0
F4
F5
7
8
9
4
5
6
1
2
3
F6
F7
F8
F9
SHIFT
ESC
2
CLEAR
ENTER
0 1 2
3
4 5 6
0 1 2 7
3
4 5 14
15
XC-CPU10
0 1 2
3
4 5 6
8 9 10 7
11
12 13 14
15
1
DC INPU
T
EH-XD16
3
0 1 2
3
4 5 6
8 9 10 7
11
12 13 14
15
DC INPU
T
0 1 2
3
4 5 6
8 9 10 7
11
12 13 14
15
EH-XD16
DC INPU
T
EH-XD16
6
4
7
0 1 2
3
4 5 6
0 1 2 7
3
4 5 14
15
XC-CPU20
5
1
2
3
0 1 2
3
4 5 6
8 9 10 7
11
12 13 14
15
DC INPU
T
EH-XD16
0 1 2
3
4 5 6
8 9 10 7
11
12 13 14
15
DC INPU
T
EH-XD16
0 1 2
3
4 5 6
0 1 2 7
3
4 5 14
15
XC-CPU10
1
8
8
System overview
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
XV100 text display
1
Always in conjunction with XControl
XC100 and XI/OC (MMI PLC)
Displays: 4 lines x 20 characters (or 8 x
40)
LCD display with STN technology
9 (or 15) function keys with insert strips
Numerical key block and arrow keys
Controller status LED
a page 4/82
XC100
2
Modular PLC
8 digital inputs
6 digital outputs
4 interrupt inputs
CANopen fieldbus interface
RS 232 interface
Locally expandable with XI/OC
Can be combined with XV text displays.
a page 4/82
XI/OC I/O modules
3
Space-optimized input/output modules
Local extension on XC100/200
Digital, analog, technology, counter and
communication modules
XI/OC modules can be exchanged without
disconnecting any wiring
a page 4/83
Battery
a page 4/85
4
Memory card (multimedia card)
5
Memory for program, operating system,
recipes, and visualization texts
a page 4/85
XC200
Modular PLC with Ethernet interface
8 digital inputs
6 digital outputs
2 counters
2 interrupt inputs
1 incremental input
CANopen fieldbus interface
Web server
RS 232 interface
Locally expandable with XI/OC
a page 4/82
6
Module rack
7
XI/OC backplane
For connecting the XC100 controller and
the XI/OC modules with the top-hat rail
a page 4/84
XI/OC terminal block
8
Connection options via spring-loaded or
screw terminals
Exchange/remove without disconnecting
wiring
a page 4/84
Modular PLC – XC100/XC200
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/81
4/82
Ordering
Basic units
XC-CPU…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Modular PLC – XC100/XC200
Description
Part no.
Article no.
http://catalog.moeller.net
Price
see price list
Std. pack
XC100/XC200
•
•
•
•
Controller with digital inputs/outputs, locally and remotely expandable
CANopen interface, 24V power supply
Locally expandable by up to 15 XI/OC modules
The following accessory equipment is required: terminal clamps, module rack, battery
XC100
Controller with 8 digital inputs (4 interrupt inputs), 6 digital outputs; RS232 interface for
programming and communication, CANopen interface; slot for memory card, optional expansion with
text display, RUN/STOP switch and LED indicators.
64 kByte user memory
XC-CPU101-C64K-8DI-6DO
262152
XC-CPU101-C128K-8DI-6DO
262146
XC-CPU101-C256K-8DI-6DO
274399
XC-CPU101-FC128K-8DI-6DO
289169
XC-CPU101-C64K-8DI-6DO-XV
262247
XC-CPU101-C128K-8DI-6DO-XV
262150
XC-CPU101-C256K-8DI-6DO-XV
279280
1 off
4 lines x 20 characters, resolution
122 x 32 dpi, 9 function keys
XV-101-K42
262403
1 off
8 lines x 40 characters, resolution
240 x 64 dpi, 15 function keys
XV-101-K84
262404
128 kByte user memory
256 kByte user memory
Optical CAN interface:
128 kByte user memory
Can be operated only using XV101-... display
64 kByte user memory
128 kByte user memory
256 kByte user memory
Text Display HMI-PLC XV100 for XC100
LCD technology with back-lighting, membrane keypad, 1 slot for XC100, 3 spare slots for XI/OC
modules, numerical keypad, arrow keys, contrast setting adjustable via software
Operation with XC-CPU101-…XV
XC200
Controller with 8 digital inputs (2 counters, 2 interrupt inputs, 1 incremental input) and 6 digital
outputs; Ethernet and RS232 interface for programming and communication; CANopen interface; slot
for memory card; USB interface; RUN/STOP switch and LED indicators.
256 kByte user memory
512 kByte user memory
256 kByte user memory
Integrated Web server
512 kByte user memory
built-in Web server
XC-CPU201-EC256K-8DI-6DO
262155
XC-CPU201-EC512K-8DI-6DO
262157
XC-CPU201-EC256K-8DI-6DO-XV
262156
XC-CPU201-EC512K-8DI-6DO-XV
262158
1 off
Ordering
Basic units
XIOC-…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Description
Part no.
Article no.
Price
see price list
Std. pack
XI/OC
• Compact I/O system for connection to XC100/200 Modular PLCs
• XC100/200 expandable with up to 15 XI/OC modules
• Optionally, screw terminals or spring-loaded terminals for digital/analog modules
Digital modules
8 inputs, 24 V DC
16 inputs, 24 V DC
16 inputs, 240 V AC
32 inputs, 24 V DC
8 outputs, 24 V DC, 0.3 A
12 relay outputs
16 outputs, 24 V DC, 0.3 A
16 outputs, 24 V DC, 0.8 A, short-circuit proof
32 outputs, 24 V DC, 0.2 A
16 connections, 4 inputs, 12 freely parameterizable as
inputs/outputs, 24 V DC
Outputs 0.5 A
Analog modules
Inputs
8 inputs, 4 – 20 mA
8 voltage inputs, 0 – 10 V
8 voltage inputs, g10 V
4 inputs for temperature monitoring, Pt100/1000
4 inputs for thermocouples
Type K, J, L, B, N, E, R, S, T
Outputs
2 outputs, g10 V
2 outputs, 0 – 10 V, 2 outputs, 4 – 20 mA
4 outputs, 0 – 10 V
Combination
modules
Counter modules
XIOC-8DI
257891
XIOC-16DI
257892
XIOC-16DI-AC
257893
XIOC-32DI
267411
XIOC-8DO
257894
XIOC-12DO-R
257897
XIOC-16DO
257896
XIOC-16DO-S
257895
XIOC-32DO
267413
XIOC-16DX
262322
1 off
XIOC-8AI-I2
262549
XIOC-8AI-U1
257899
XIOC-8AI-U2
257900
XIOC-4T-PT
257901
XIOC-4AI-T
289933
1 off
XIOC-2AO-U2
257904
XIOC-2AO-U1-2AO-I2
257902
XIOC-4AO-U1
257903
2 inputs and 1 output, 0 – 10 V
1 ms conversion time
2 inputs and 1 output, 0 – 10 V, 0 – 20 mA
1 ms conversion time, individual changeover
XIOC-2AI-1AO-U1
262409
XIOC-2AI-1AO-U1-I1
281545
4 inputs and 2 outputs, 0 – 10 V
1 ms conversion time
4 inputs and 2 outputs 0 – 10 V, 0 – 20 mA
1 ms conversion time, individual changeover
XIOC-4AI-2AO-U1
262405
XIOC-4AI-2AO-U1-I1
281544
1 input up to 100 kHz, 24 V DC, 5 V DC, 2 digital transistor
outputs, opto-isolated, 24 V DC
30-pole connector required for counter module
2 inputs up to 100 kHz, (24 V DC or 5 V diff), 4 digital
transistor outputs, opto-coupled, 24 V DC
30-pole connector required for counter module
XIOC-1CNT-100KHZ
257906
2 incremental encoders up to 400 kHz, 5 V DC, 2 analog
outputs, +10 V
XIOC-2CNT-2AO-INC
262417
XIOC-2CNT-100KHZ
257907
1 off
Modular PLC – XC100/XC200
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/83
4/84
Ordering
Basic units, accessories
Modular PLC – XC100/XC200
XIOC-…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
http://catalog.moeller.net
Description
Part no.
Article no.
Price
see price list
Std. pack
PROFIBUS DP master module
XIOC-NET-DP-M
257908
XIOC-NET-DP-S
286419
XIOC-NET-SK-M
289982
XIOC-SER
267191
1 off
XIOC-TERM-18T
258104
XIOC-TERM-18S
258102
XIOC-TERM30-CNT4
262248
10 off
XIOC-TERM32
267414
10 off
1 off
Communication modules
PROFIBUS DP slave module
Suconet K master module
Serial interface
RS 232C, RS 485, RS 422
Operating modes:
Transparent mode
Modbus master, slave
SUCOM A
Suconet-K slave
Accessories
Terminals
One 18-pole terminal plug is required for each digital and analog module.
18-pole plug with spring-loaded terminal
18-pole plug with screw terminal
30-pole connector for counter module, with 4 m
cable
XIOC-1CNT-100KHZ
XIOC-2CNT-100KHZ
40-pole connector for digital module, with 4 m
cable
XIOC-32DI
XIOC-32DO
10 off
10 off
Racks
Basic rack for mounting XC100/200 on
top-hat rail, expandable
Width: 2 slots for controller
XIOC-BP-XC
260792
Basic rack for mounting XC100/200 on
top-hat rail, expandable
Width: 3 slots for controller and one XI/OC
module
XIOC-BP-XC1
260793
Expander rack for mounting XI/OC
modules on top-hat rail, expandable
Width: 2 slots for XI/OC modules
XIOC-BP-2
260794
Expander rack for mounting XI/OC
modules on top-hat rail, expandable
Width: 3 slots for XI/OC modules
XIOC-BP-3
260795
Expander rack for mounting XI/OC
modules on top-hat rail, expandable
Width: 3 slots for XI/OC modules
Note: module carriers for expansion to maximum
15 modules must be plugged into the 5th slot
(see also: XI/OC project engineering)
XIOC-BP-EXT
274291
Ordering
Accessories
XIOC-…, XTT…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Price
see price
list
Std.
pack
Description
Part no.
Article no.
32 MByte
XT-MEM-MM32M
262731
1 off
For back-up of real-time clock and retentive data
XT-CPU-BAT1
256209
1 off
XT-SUB-D/RJ45
262186
XT-CAT5-X-2
256487
XT-CAT5-X-5
256488
1 off
Accessories
Multi-media card
For storage of programs, data, recipes
Battery
Programming cable RS232
2 m length
2 m length
Ethernet cross, 2 m
5 m length
Ethernet cross, 5 m
Connecting cable for interface switch
XC200
Connecting cable for interface switch
XC200
Connecting cable for interface switch
XC200
Length: 0.3 m
Connection cable
Length: 0.8 m
Length: 1.5 m
EASY-NT-30
256283
EASY-NT-80
256284
EASY-NT-150
256285
CAN cable to ISO 11898
Recommendation:
UNITRONIC bus LD, Messrs. LAPPKABEL
2 x 2 x 0.22 mmB
Surge impedance: 100 – 120 O
Effective capacitance: 800 Hz, max. 60 nF/km
Empty module
Empty module to cover free XI/OC slots
XIOC-NOP
288894
1 off
Interface adapter to split the combined RS232/
Ethernet interface of the XC200 into RJ45 sockets
Connection cable EASY-NT-30/80/150 usable for
connection to XC200.
XT-RJ45-ETH-RS232
289170
1 off
Interference suppression of the external 24 V DC
supply of the XC100/200
Max. current drawn: 2.2 A
XT-FIL-1
285316
1 off
Insert labels for free user inscription
For 3 devices: XV-101-K42
For 3 devices: XV-101-K84
XT-BS1
265365
1 off
Menu selection in 3 languages
Operating systems: WIN NT 4.0 SP6, WIN 2000
SP3, WIN XP SP2
ECP-SOFT
106407
1 off
Interface switch
Filter
Insert labels
Programming software
CoDeSys-Programming system
according to IEC 61131-1 with
Instruction list, ST, KOP, FBS, AS, CFC
Bus configuration CANopen, PROFIBUSDP, XI/OC
creation of visualisation for simulation
and WEB-visualisation
OPC configurator, many online- and
help functions
Supports XC100, XC200, EC4-200
Documentation as PDF file
Modular PLC – XC100/XC200
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/85
4/86
System overview
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
http://catalog.moeller.net
2
Compact PLC PS4
1
3
4
8
7
3
5
6
5
3
System overview
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Compact PLC
PS4-150
24 V DC, 115 – 230 V AC
16 digital /2 analog inputs
14 digital outputs or 8 relay outputs
1 analog output
Not locally expandable
Suconet K, 8 stations
a page 4/88
1
PS4-200
24 V DC
8 digital /2 analog inputs
6 digital outputs
1 analog output
Locally expandable (max. 6 LE)
Suconet K, 8 stations (24 with two LE4501-BS1)
a page 4/88
1
PS4-270
120/240V DC
12 digital /4 analog inputs
8 digital-(relay)/4 analog outputs
Locally expandable (max. 5 LE)
Suconet K, 8 stations (24 with two LE4501-BS1)
a page 4/88
1
PS4-300
1
24 V DC
16 digital /2 analog inputs
14 digital outputs, 1 analog output
Locally expandable (max. 5 LE)
Suconet K, 30 stations (46 with two LE4501-BS1)
a page 4/88
Expansions
Accessories
EM4-100 remote expansion modules 1
Not locally expandable
Suconet K
Digital input/output
Digital output (relay)
Analog input/output
a page 4/89
Two-level terminal block
For direct connection of proximity switches and actuators (2 x 11 pole)
a page 4/92
2
Mounting feet
For screw fixing on mounting plate, 3
mounting feet per device
a page 4/47
3
Plug-in screw terminal
With replaceable cover
10 pole, for connecting input/output
signals
a page 4/92
5
EM4-200 remote expansion modules 1
Max. 6 local expansion modules
Suconet K
PROFIBUS-DP
Digital input (24 V DC)
a page 4/89
LE4-... local expansion modules
4
Digital input/output (24 V DC/230 V AC/
115 V AC)
Digital output (relay, pneumatic, transistor, triac)
Counter, analog, network modules
a page 4/91
Hinged cover with large area for
6
labelling
For plug-in screw terminal, for labelling of
inputs/outputs, 20 characters/terminal
a page 4/92
Digital input simulator
For the simulation of 8 digital inputs
a page 4/92
7
Memory modules
For expanding the program and recipe
memory
a page 4/92
8
Compact PLC PS4
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/87
4/88
Ordering
Basic units
Compact PLC PS4
PS4
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Rated
voltage
Inputs
Outputs
Expandable by
Ue
Digital
24 V DC
Digital
120/240 V
AC
Analog
Digital
24 V DC
Digital
120/240
V AC
Analog
Suconet
K/K1
slaves
LE4
V
Amount
Amount
Amount
Amount
Amount
Amount
Amount
Amount
2
10-bit
2
10-bit
14
1
12-bit
1
12-bit
8
http://catalog.moeller.net
Digital I/O Part no.
Article no.
Price
see price
list
Std.
pack
Amount
Compact PLC PS4
• Integrated setpoint potentiometer
• 3 kHz counter
• Ambient temperature 0 to +55 °C
• Networking via Suconet K
• RS 232 C programming interface
PS4-150
24 V DC
16
115 – 230
V AC
PS4-200
16
24 V DC
8
2
10-bit
8
6
8
Total of
680 I/O
Total of
680 I/O
PS4-141-MM1
081871
PS4-151-MM1
081870
1 off
1 off
1
12-bit
8
24
6
Total of
790 I/O
PS4-201-MM11)
051296
1 off
4
12-bit
8
24
5
Total of
790 I/O
PS4-271-MM11)
209602
1 off
1
12-bit
30
46
5
Total of
8500 I/O
PS4-341-MM11)
202380
1 off
PS4-271
120 - 240 V
AC
PS4-341
24 DC
Notes
12
16
1) Expandability
4
10-bit
2
10-bit
8
14
max. number of Suconet K/K1 stations: with 2 in additional network modules
Device for world markets, IEC/EN q UL/CSA
Ordering
Bus modules
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/89
EM4
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Price
see price
list
Std.
pack
Description
Part no.
Article no.
Networking through
Suconet K1/K
• Supply voltage 24 V DC
• 8 inputs 24 V DC (10 inputs optional)
• 8 outputs 24 V DC/0.5 A (6 outputs with 10 inputs)
Note: EM4-101-DD2 replaces ...DD1
EM4-101-DD2
206950
1 off
Networking through
Suconet K1/K
• Supply voltage 115 – 230 V AC
• 8 inputs (24 V DC)
• 6 relay outputs 230 V AC or 24 V DC max.
Note: EM4-111-DR2 replaces ...DR1
EM4-111-DR2
206951
1 off
Networking through
Suconet K1/K
• Supply voltage 24 V DC, configurable inputs/outputs
• 6/8 analog inputs, 8/12-bit resolution
• 4 analog outputs, 8/12-bit resolution
EM4-101-AA2
046202
1 off
Networking through
Suconet K
• Supply voltage 24 V DC
• 6 inputs for Pt100/Ni1000 resistance thermometers
– Pt100: –100 °C to +300 °C
– Ni1000: –50 °C to +150 °C
• 2 inputs 0 – 10 V, 12-bit resolution
EM4-101-TX1
087437
1 off
Networking through
Suconet K
• Supply voltage 24 V DC
• 6 inputs for thermocouple types
– J: 0 °C to 1200 °C
– K: 0 °C to 1300 °C
– L: 0 °C to 900 °C
EM4-101-TX2
205103
1 off
Networking through
Suconet K1/K
Networking through
PROFIBUS-DP
(EM4-201-DX2 replaces ...DX1)
EM4-201-DX2
046990
EM4-204-DX1
088985
1 off
Compact PLC PS4
EM4 remote expansion modules
EM4-100
Not locally expandable
Digital modules
Not locally expandable
Analog modules
Not locally expandable
Temperature measuring modules
Not locally expandable
EM4-200
locally expandable with LE4-...
expansion modules
Digital modules
• Expansion module records signal
states and digital values
• Supply voltage 24 V DC
• 16 inputs (24 V DC)
Accompanying configuration file (*.GSD) available by
download from:
• Internet address: www.moeller.net/automation
• Internet address: www.profibus.com
1 off
4/90
Ordering
Interface converters, telecontrol cards/modules
ZB4
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Compact PLC PS4
Description
Interface converter for PS4
Suconet K to RS 232C
• 1 RS 485 interface with 5-pole DIN plug connector for connection to master PLC
• 1 RS 485 interface for outgoing Suconet K bus (plug-in screw terminal)
• 1 RS 232C interface for connecting the partner device (9-pin SUB-D plug)
• Power supply 9 V DC through PLC (PS4, except PS4-100/400)
• Address 2 (fixed)
Interface converter for PS4/PS416
Suconet K to RS 232C
• 1 RS 485 interface for the Suconet K bus (plug-in screw terminal)
• 1 RS 232C interface for connecting the partner device (9-pin SUB-D plug)
• Supply voltage 24 V DC
• Address variable
Telecontrol module for PS4
• 1 RS 485 interface with 5-pole DIN plug for connecting a master PLC (cable length 20
cm)
• 1 RS 485 interface for outgoing Suconet K bus (plug-in screw terminal)
• 1 RS 232C interface with 9-pole SUB-D plug for connecting a modem
• Power supply 9 V DC via PLC (PS4, except PS4-100/-400)
• Address 2 (fixed)
Telecontrol module for PS4/PS416
• 1 RS 485 interface for the Suconet K bus (plug-in screw terminal)
• 1 RS 232C interface with 9-pole SUB-D plug for connecting a modem
• Power supply 24 V DC (plug-in screw terminal)
• Address variable
Part no.
Article no.
http://catalog.moeller.net
Price
see price list
Std. pack
ZB4-501-UM3
215355
1 off
ZB4-501-UM4
225350
1 off
ZB4-501-TC1
201778
1 off
ZB4-501-TC2
225353
1 off
Ordering
Local expansion modules
http://catalog.moeller.net
LE4
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Description
4/91
Part no.
Article no.
Price
see price list
Std. pack
Digital modules
• 8 inputs, 24 V DC
• 8 outputs (transistor) 24 V DC/0.5 A
• 16 inputs (24 V DC)
• 16 output (transistor) 24 V DC/0.5 A
• 8 outputs (relays) 24 V DC/2.0 A or 230 V AC/2.0 A
• 8 outputs (transistor) 24 V DC/2.0 A
• 8 inputs (120/240 V AC)
• 8 (Triac) outputs, 120 – 240 V AC
Counter module
• 2 channels (24-bit counter range)
• 3 selectable operating modes per channel: Positioning system for 5 V and 24 V incremental encoders.
High-speed counter for 24 V encoder
• Incremental positioning
Absolute encoder
• 3 channels (25-bit)
• SSI interface/protocol
• Transfer rate 125/250 kHz
Analog modules
• 4 analog inputs, –10 to +10 V
• 2 analog outputs –10 to +10 V, 10/12-bit resolution
• 4 analog inputs, 0(4) to 20 mA, 12-bit resolution
• 2 analog outputs, 0(4) to 20 mA, 12-bit resolution
Network modules Suconet K, PROFIBUS-DP
For Suconet K
For PROFIBUS-DP, master function
For PROFIBUS-DP, slave function
LE4-116-DD1
049326
LE4-116-DX1
061213
LE4-116-XD1
061215
LE4-108-XR1
051324
LE4-108-XD1
049325
LE4-308-HX1
200210
LE4-308-XH1
200211
1 off
LE4-622-CX1
081940
1 off
LE4-633-CX1
203533
1 off
LE4-206-AA1
081939
LE4-206-AA2
203958
1 off
LE4-501-BS1
045608
LE4-504-BS1
214817
LE4-504-BT1
214818
1 off
1 off
Compact PLC PS4
LE4-... local expansion modules
4/92
Ordering
Accessories
ZB4
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Memory
type
Memory size
http://catalog.moeller.net
Description
For use with
Part no.
Article no.
Price
see price list
Std. pack
Simulation of 8 digital inputs
PS4-...
EM4-...
LE4-...
ZB4-108-ES1
071605
1 off
5-pole DIN plug
PS4-...
EM4-...
TBA3.1
012470
1 off
10-pole, for connection of signal
cables
PS4-...
EM4-...
LE4-...
ZB4-110-KL1
071606
2 off
snap-on voltage terminal, 2 x
11-pole
for the direct connection of
initiators and actuators
PS4-...
EM4-...
LE4-...
ZB4-122-KL1
052101
2 off
for plug-in screw terminals, for
labelling the inputs/outputs
20 characters/terminal
PS4-...
EM4-...
LE4-...
ZB4-101-GZ1
052108
10 off
1 off
Compact PLC PS4
KByte
Accessories
Digital input simulator
T connector for bus connection
Plug-in screw terminals
Twin-level terminal block
Hinged cover with large area for
labelling
Memory modules
Flash
64
K Program memory backup
K Recipe memory
PS4-150
PS4-200
ZB4-128-SF1
050189
RAM
32
Flash
Flash
RAM
64
K Expansion of the program
memory from 24 kByte to 56 kByte
K Program memory backup
K Recipe memory
K Expansion of the program
memory from 24 kByte to 56
kByte
PS4-150
PS4-200
PS4-150
PS4-200
ZB4-032-SR1
050190
ZB4-160-SM1
050188
Flash
EEPROM
1000
K Memory for backing up the
user programs
K Recipe memory
K Usable from HW Version 2
PS4-300
ZB4-901-SF2
227883
K For buffering the RAM and the
real-time clock
K Typical storage life 5 years
PS4-150
PS4-200
PS4-300
ZB4-600-BT1
049822
1 off
For screw fixing to mounting
plate
ZEV
ZEV-XSW-25
ZEV-XSW-65
ZEV-XSW-145
easy...,
MFD...
PS4..., EM4...
LE4...
ZB4-101-GF1
061360
9 off
32
Battery
Fixing bracket
Ordering
Accessories
ZB4
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Description
For use with
Part no.
Article no.
Price
see price list
Std. pack
K 1 x 8-pole pin connector (ZB4-108-DS1), right angle
version
K 1 x 9-pole socket connector
K Cable length 2 m
PS4-150
PS4-200
PS4-300
ZB4-303-KB1
025392
1 off
K 2 x 5-pole pin connector (S1-PS3), right-angle version
K Cable length 0.5 m
K 1 x 5-pole plug connector (S1-PS3), angled
K 1 x 9-pole plug connector
K Cable length 2 m
For customer assembly of Suconet cables 2 x 0.5 mmB
shielded and twisted, cable length (as ring) 100 m
PS4-...
EM4-...
PS4-...
EM4-...
KPG1-PS3
085640
KPG3-PS3
014487
1 off
PS416-CPU-...
PS416-NET-4..
PS4
LT309.096
019233
100 m
K For EMC-compliant connection of cable shielding
PS4-...
EM4-...
LE4-...
ZB4-102-KS1
081038
1 off
ZB4-209-DS3
217820
1 off
S1-PS3
095132
PS416-ZBS-410
051752
2 off
ZB4-108-DS1
060385
1 off
ZB4-014-AD1
206981
1 off
Accessories
Programming cable
Coupling for PC and PLC
Suconet K/K1 data cable
1 off
Screen earth kit
PROFIBUS-DP bus connector plug
Metallised insulated housing
Maximum transfer rate 12 MBit/s
Integrated switch (accessible from the outside) for the bus
terminating resistors
Terminal block for two cable entries, with straight or 90°
angled cable entry, as required
Suitable for:
LE4-504-BS1/-BT1
PS416-NET-440/-441
EM4-204-DX1 via adapter ZB-014-AD1
Data plug
For automation devices with a Suconet K/K1 connection
K 5-pole pin connnector, right-angle version
9-pole SUB-D pin connector, right-angled, kit without cable for
connecting data cables
For expansion modules EM4-102-AA1 and EM4-102-DX1
K 8 pole pin connnector, angled version
PS4-...
EM4-...
PS416-CPU-...
PS416-NET-2..
PS416-NET-4..
PS416-COM-...
PS416-MOD-...
EM4-...
EM4-...
1 off
PROFIBUS-DP adapter cable
For expansion module EM4-204-DX1
K for 9 pole SUB-D socket to 5 pole DIN plug
K Cable length 0.20 m
Compact PLC PS4
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/93
4/94
System overview
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
http://catalog.moeller.net
Modular PLC PS416
1
7
5
4
3
6
3
2
Basic elements
Modules
Accessories
Module rack
a page 4/95
1
Standard cards
a page 4/96
3
Potential equalization bar
a page 4/99
2
Power supply card
a page 4/95
7
Communication cards
a page 4/98
4
Memory card
a page 4/99
6
CPU card
a page 4/95
5
Ordering
Racks, power supply cards, CPU cards
http://catalog.moeller.net
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
4/95
PS416-BGT-…, PS416-POW…, PS416-CPU-
Description
Part no.
Article no.
Price
see price list
Std. pack
Modular PLC PS416
Racks
For mounting on mounting plate
with fixing screws (can be adapted for front mounting)
9 free slots
13 free slots
19 free slots
for flush mounting
with fixing screws (can be adapted for mounting on mounting plate)
19 free slots
PS416-BGT-400
040891
PS416-BGT-410
040892
PS416-BGT-420
040889
1 off
PS416-BGT-421
040890
1 off
PS416-POW-400
054127
PS416-POW-410
032750
PS416-POW-420
082247
1 off
PS416-CPU-200
202381
PS416-CPU-300
202382
PS416-CPU-400
051747
1 off
1 off
1 off
Power supply cards
With isolation of primary and secondary circuits
230 V AC
24V DC
115 V AC
Primary 230 V AC
Secondary 5 V DC/1.5 – 8 A
Primary 24 V DC
Secondary 5 V DC/1.5 – 10 A
Primary 115 V AC
Secondary 5 V DC/1.5 – 8 A
1 off
1 off
Central processing units
For saving and processing PLC programs with the S40 programming software
256 KByte user memory
• Suconet K interface (PS416-CPU-300/-400)
• Programming interface
• PCMIA interface for memory card
512 KByte user memory
• PS416-ZBB-410 battery modules not supplied with
central unit, order 2 battery modules separately
1 MByte user memory
1 off
1 off
4/96
Ordering
Digital input/output cards, analogue input/output cards
PS416-INP-…, PS416-OUT…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Description
Part no.
Article no.
http://catalog.moeller.net
Price
see price list
Std. pack
Modular PLC PS416
Digital input/output cards
Digital input cards
• 24 V DC input
• 16 inputs with optocoupler
Switch-on delay: 3.0 ms
Switch-off delay: 3.0 ms
Switch-on delay: 0.2 ms
Switch-off delay: 0.3 ms
Digital output cards
24 V DC output
16 outputs of 500 mA each with optocoupler
8 outputs of 2 A each with optocoupler
PS416-INP-400
051339
PS416-INP-401
051340
1 off
PS416-OUT-400
051337
PS416-OUT-410
051338
1 off
PS416-AIN-400
030166
1 off
PS416-AIO-400
030165
1 off
1 off
1 off
Analog input/output cards
Analog input card
• 8 analog inputs, resolution up to 12-bit
• Input ranges, voltage: channel 0 – 3: 0 – 1 V, g 5 V, g 10 V, 0 – 5 V, 0 – 10 V, channel 4 – 7: 0 – 1 V
• Input ranges, current: channel 0 – 7: 0 – 20 mA, 4 – 20 mA
Analog input/output card
• 4 analog inputs, resolution up to 12-bit
• 4 analog inputs, resolution up to 12-bit
• Input/output ranges, voltage: 0 – 5 V, g 5 V, g 10 V, 0 – 10 V
• Input ranges, current: 0 – 20 mA, 4 – 20 mA
Ordering
Digital counter cards, PROFIBUS-FMS card, telecontrol module
http://catalog.moeller.net
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Description
4/97
PS416-…, CM…
Part no.
Article no.
Price
see price list
Std. pack
•
•
•
•
Monitoring of high-speed counter pulses:
For signals 5 V/24 V
Up/down and/or down counter function
Up to 6 channels depending on the mode of operation:
– Control mode 1: 6 x reverse
– Control mode 2: 3 x forward/reverse
– Control mode 3: 2 x forward/reverse and 2 x reverse
• For up/down counting function, either with or without antivalent signals
The counter function up/down as well as signal level are determined by the counter modules
fitted to the card.
PS416-CNT-200
053874
1 off
CM61.1
069299
CM61.2
071672
1 off
CM62.1
074045
CM62.2
076418
1 off
Interface for organising and controlling data exchange between PS416 and PROFIBUS-FMS
networks
PS416-NET-230
053877
1 off
for coupling to the PS416 in remote networks via remote networking protocol as per DIN/
EN 60870-5
With serial interface module IFM 232.2
PS416-TCS-200
201627
1 off
Counter module, plug-in, with fixing screws
Down counter module
Input signal 24 V DC
Space requirement: 1 slot
Input signal 5 V DC
Space requirement: 1 slot
Up/down counter module
Input signal 24 V DC
Space requirement: 2 slots
Input signal 5 V DC
Space requirement: 2 slots
1 off
1 off
PROFIBUS FMS card
Telecontrol module
Modular PLC PS416
Digital counter card
4/98
Ordering
Suconet K card, PROFIBUS-DP card, communication cards
PS416-NET-… , IFM…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
http://catalog.moeller.net
Description
For use with
Part no.
Article no.
Price
see price list
Interface for connecting PS416 expansion rack and for organizing and
controlling data exchange between PS416 and Suconet K networks.
For use in connection with the PS416-CPU-200/300/400 CPU cards.
–
PS416-NET-400
037090
1 off
–
PS416-NET-440
206742
1 off
–
PS416-NET-441
214816
1 off
–
PS416-COM-200
053875
1 off
–
PS416-MOD-200
082190
1 off
RS485
PS416-COM-...
RS422
PS416-COM-...
PS416-MOD-...
IFM232.1
083537
IFM232.2
085910
IFM485.1
078791
IFM422.1
081164
1 off
RS 232 C with control cable
PS416-COM-...
PS416-MOD-...
PS416-COM-...
Std. pack
Modular PLC PS416
Suconet K card
PROFIBUS-DP card-master
Interface for organising and controlling data exchange between PS416 and
PROFIBUS-DP networks
The required CFG-DP Configurator is included with the Sucosoft S40
software from version 2.1.
Accompanying configuration file (*.GSD) available by download from:
• Internet address: www.moeller.net/automation
• Internet address: www.profibus.com
PROFIBUS-DP card - slave
Interface for data transfer between PS416 and PROFIBUS-DP standard
networks up to 12 Mbit/s.
Up to of 244 bytes each for input and output data (total of up to 400 bytes)
Required configuration file (*.GSD) available by download:
• Internet address: www.moeller.net/automation
• Internet address: www.profibus.com
Serial communication card
Interface for serial, asynchronous point-to-point communication between
PS416 and data terminal.
To be fitted with one of the interface modules listed under Accessories.
MODBUS/JBUS communication card
Bus connection or point-to-point connection between PS416 (as slave) and
devices, communicating in accordance with the MODBUS/JBUS protocol.
To be fitted with one of the interface modules listed under Accessories.
Possible applications include:
• Control rooms
• Building services management
• Process control
Interface module
RS 232 C without control cable
Ordering
Accessories
http://catalog.moeller.net
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
4/99
PS416-ZBX…, PS416-MEM…, PS416-ZBB-…
Description
Price
see price
list
Std. pack
For use with
Part no.
Article no.
PS416-BGT-400
PS416-BGT-410
PS416-BGT-420/-421
PS416-BGT-400
PS416-BGT-410
PS416-BGT-420/-421
PS416-BGT-400
PS416-BGT-410
PS416-BGT-420/-421
PS416-ZBX-403
054126
1 off
PS416-ZBX-402
054125
1 off
PS416-ZBX-401
054124
1 off
Spare contact clamps
With 5 contact clamps o 3.4 mm and 3 contact clamps o 4.8 mm
PS416-BGT-...
PS416-ZBX-404
030533
1 off
Front blanking plate
For PS416-BGT-... racks
PS416-BGT-...
PS416-NOP-200
030538
5 off
PS416-POW-...
PS416-OUT-...
PS416-CNT-...
PS416-NET-2..
PS416-COM-...
PS416-MOD-...
PS416-ZBX-405
025519
2 off
Memory card, for use with Sucosoft S40 version:
PS416-MEM-432 f V1.12
PS416-MEM-442 f V4.10
PS416-MEM-443 f V4.10
2 MByte SRAM
PS416-CPU-...
1 off
2 MByte SRAM
PS416-CPU-...
4 MByte SRAM
PS416-CPU-...
PS416-MEM-432
221131
PS416-MEM-442
221133
PS416-MEM-443
221134
PS416-ZBB-300
037055
PS416-ZBB-301
222433
1 off
PS416-CPU-200/-300/400
PS416-ZBB-410
051748
1 off
PS416-CPU-...
PS416-ZBK-210
051751
1 off
LT309.096
019233
100 m
With 5 contact clamps o 3.5 mm and 4 contact clamps o 4.8 mm
For PS416-BGT-400
For PS416-BGT-410
For PS416-BGT-420/-421
Ferrite ring
For damping of high-frequency interference signals affecting data and
supply lines
Memory card
Spare battery for SRAM memory card
For PS416-MEM-430/-431
PS416-MEM-430/-431
For PS416-MEM-432/-433
PS416-MEM-432/-433
Battery module
For PS416-CPU-200/-300/-400 CPUs
Programming cable
For connecting the programming PC to the CPU card through the RS 232C
interface
1 off
1 off
1 off
Suconet K/K1 data cable
For coupling all devices with Suconet-K/K1 interface
For customer assembly of Suconet cables 2 x 0.5 mmB shielded and twisted, cable length (as ring) 100 m.
PS416-CPU-...
PS416-NET-4..
PS4
Modular PLC PS416
Potential equalization bar
4/100
Ordering
Accessories
PS416-ZBS-…, ZB4-…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
http://catalog.moeller.net
Price
see price
list
Std. pack
Description
For use with
Part no.
Article no.
9-pin SUB-D connector (male), angled
PS416-CPU-...
PS416-NET-2..
PS416-NET-4..
PS416-COM-...
PS416-MOD-...
EM4-...
PROFIBUS-DP
PS416-ZBS-410
051752
1 off
ZB4-209-DS2
206982
1 off
PS416-CPU-...
PS416-NET-4..
PS416-COM-...
PS416-ZBX-410
030532
1 off
PS416-CPU-...
UM1.5
055722
1 off
EASY204-DP
PS416-NET...
ZB4-900-KB1
206983
100 m
PS416-NET-2..
PS416-COM-...
PS416-MOD-...
SM3-EE32
009590
1 off
PS4-150
PS4-200
PS4-300
PS416
S40-CD
235237
1 off
PS4-150
PS4-200
PS4-300
PS416
S40-CD-U1)
258663
1 off
CFG-SUCONET-P-GB
070856
1 off
Modular PLC PS416
Data plug
Pin connectors, 9-pin, 90° angled cable entry
T connector
For a bus node (e.g. Suconet K) with connecting cable to CPU card/network
card for Suconet K
Interface converter
RS 232 C to RS 485
PROFIBUS-DP data cable
without plug
2-wire, 2 x 0.64 mm2
twisted
Memory module
for communication and bus parameters; EEPROM 32 KByte; one module per
card, for PS416-NET-230, PS416-COM-200, PS416-MOD-200
S40 software package (WINDOWS)
• CD-ROM
• Documentation in German, English and French on CD ROM
• Programming languages to IEC/EN 61131-3
– Instruction list (IL)
– Ladder diagram (LD)
– Function block diagram (FBD)
– Structured text (ST)
• User interface in German, English, French, Italian, Spanish.
• Graphical topology configurator for PLCs, Suconet K and PROFIBUS-DP networks.
S40 upgrade
Sucosoft S40 V4.x must be installed.
Observe ordering conditions.
PROFIBUS-FMS Configurator (WINDOWS 3.1, WINDOWS 95)
Software tool for setting parameters for the
card PS416-NET-230
English
Notes
1) Ordering
conditions for upgrades:
To use an upgrade a previous version must be installed. When the upgrade is installed, the system searches for a previous version. The upgrade is the
same as the standard version.
Information on updates, software standards (application modules) for closed-loop control, open-loop control, data processing etc. can be obtained from:
www.moeller.net/automation
Description
4/101
Text, touch operator panel
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Text operator panel MI4-110-KC1, MI4-117-KC1
Text operator panel MI4-110-KD1, MI4-117-KD1
Text operator panel MI4-110-KG1/-KG2
Features
• Display of system states and process variables via numeric data fields, bar
graphs or text messages.
• Setpoint entry via numeric data fields
• Object and symbol library
• Display and storage of alarms with date and time
• History memory
• Recipe management
• Recipe memory, battery-buffered (not with MI4-110-KC1/-KG2)
• Real-time clock, battery-buffered (not with MI4-110-KC1/-KG2)
• Time synchronisation (with PLC and/or other MI4 units)
• Language selection via MI4 and/or PLC
• Password protection (issue of up to 8 different access rights)
• Serial printer connection for MI4-110-KG1 for message, alarm lists and history
memory printout.
• 24 V DC connection, protected against reverse polarity
• IP65 degree of protection at front
• Backlit LCD display
• Display contrast setting
• Freely configurable keys
• Insert labels for free user inscription of function keys and logos
• Function key LEDs actuated by the MI4 and/or the PLC
Additional features for touch operator panels:
• Display brightness setting
• Automatic temperature compensation of display contrast
• Screen saver
• Resistive-Touch technology
Engineering/programming
Project planning for all MI4 operator panels is carried out with the MI4 configurator
MI4-CFG-1. The software runs under Windows 95 (2nd), 98, ME, NT, 2000 and XP. A
user-friendly panel setup dialog is used at first to select the unit for which the project
is designed, as well as its particular properties. The PLC connection can also then be
configured by means of simple dialogs. The contents displayed on the MI4 screen
pages can be created page by page using drag and drop operations.
Communication/networking
Touch operator panel MI4-130-TA1, MI4-137-TA1
All MI4 units are provided with an interface for connection to a fieldbus. Different
fieldbus interfaces are possible thanks to the different interface module accessories
that are available. These are simply fitted on a socket in the MI4 unit. The MI4-117KC1, MI4-117-KD1 and MI4-137-TA1 are fitted with an integrated CAN interface.
Additional interface modules can be plugged into these devices.
Furthermore, all MI4 units can also be connected to Moeller PLC systems directly via
SUCOM-A without the use of an interface module. Connection to easy800 and the
DF51/6 and DV51/6 frequency inverters is also possible, without an additional interface module.
Documentation
Documentation in the form of PDF files in English and German is included in the MI4
configurator MI4-CFG.
Product description
The MI4 spectrum ranges from a graphics-capable text operator panel with a 4 x
20 character LCD display and 11 keys up to a touch operator panel with a 3.8“ TFT
display and a resolution of 320 x 240 pixels. All these devices can be programmed
with the MI4 configurator MI4-CFG.
Application
The graphic text and touch operator panels are designed for simple and economical
machine operation.
HMI MI4
http://catalog.moeller.net
Ordering
Text, touch operator panel
Ordering
Text, touch operator panel
MI4-…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Display
HMI MI4
LCD
http://catalog.moeller.net
Operation
Lines x
characters
Resolution
Display area
Pixel
mm
Number
block
http://catalog.moeller.net
Memory
Function keys,
suitable for user
inscription
Freely programmable
keys
User LED
MI4-…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
History
memory
messages
Alarm
messages
Recipe
memory
Project
memory
expansion
KByte
KByte
Quantity
Quantity
4/103
Device features
Part no.
Article no.
Price
see price
list
Std.
pack
Notes
HMI MI4
4/102
Text operator panel
•
•
•
•
•
•
LCD monochrome
LED backlight
Project memory, 512 KByte
Graphic
Scalable font
Password protection
Monochrome
4 x 20
120 x 32
70 x 21
–
4
11
4
–
–
–
256
Interface for SUCOM-A,
interface fieldbus, contrast
setting in software
MI4-110-KC1
229794
1 off
Alphanumerical entries can be
made with the cursor keys.
Monochrome
4 x 20
120 x 32
70 x 21
–
4
11
4
–
–
–
256
Integrated CAN interface,
SUCOM-A interface,
downloadable fonts
MI4-117-KC1
283397
1 off
Alphanumerical entries can be
made with the cursor keys. No
addition fieldbus modules can
be plugged in.
Monochrome
4 x 20
120 x 32
70 x 21
✔
9
19
10
16
–
256
1024
Interface for SUCOM-A,
fieldbus interface, battery,
buffered real-time clock,
downloadable fonts
MI4-110-KD1
274308
1 off
–
Monochrome
4 x 20
120 x 32
70 x 21
✔
9
19
9
16
–
256
1024
Integrated CAN interface,
SUCOM-A interface,
battery, buffered real-time
clock, downloadable fonts
MI4-117-KD1
283398
1 off
No addition fieldbus modules
can be plugged in.
Monochrome
4 x 20
120 x 32
70 x 21
✔
12
35
12
–
512
–
256
Interface for SUCOM-A,
interface fieldbus, contrast
setting in software
MI4-110-KG2
229795
1 off
–
Monochrome
4 x 20
120 x 32
70 x 21
✔
12
35
12
16
512
256
1024
Battery, battery-backed
real-time clock, interface
for serial printer, interface
for SUCOM-A, interface for
fieldbus, contrast setting in
the software
MI4-110-KG1
229796
1 off
–
Monochrome
16 x 40
320 x 240
77 x 58
Can be
–
implemented
with touch
fields
–
–
32
–
256
1024
Buffered real-time clock,
screen saver, SUCOM-A
interface, fieldbus interface,
LED background lighting
MI4-130-TA1
274330
1 off
–
Monochrome
16 x 40
320 x 240
77 x 58
Can be
–
implemented
with touch
fields
–
–
32
–
256
1024
Buffered real-time clock,
screen saver, SUCOM-A
interface, integrated CAN
interface, no additional
fieldbus modules can be
plugged in, LED
background lighting
MI4-137-TA1
283399
1 off
No addition fieldbus modules
can be plugged in.
Notes
Device feature: fieldbus interface. The modules for fieldbus connection must be ordered seperately.
4/104
Description
Configuration software
HMI MI4
MI4-CFG
Application
The configuration software MI4-CFG-1 is used for the creation of application forms
for all MI4 devices, and runs under Windows 98, ME, NT, 2000, XP. The software is
supplied on CD-ROM together with German and English documentation in PDF format.
Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Import and editing of graphics
Object levels
Object grouping and object libraries
Variables management (Variables Editor)
Export/import of all project texts (CSV format)
Context-sensitive Help – 100% identical to documentation
Recipe management
Synchronize the PLC clock
User-defined report printouts
Download and upload of projects
Upload protection of projects
Scaling and limit value scan of variables in MI4
Initiation of functions via the PLC (e.g. language selection, print functions, clock
setting, recipe loading)
• Password protection (issue of up to 8 different access rights)
• Scaling of variable tags
System requirements
•
•
•
•
•
•
Windows 98, ME, NT, 2000, XP
70 MByte hard disk memory
VGA graphics card
Pentium processor
32 MB RAM working memory
CD-ROM drive
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
http://catalog.moeller.net
Ordering
Accessories
MI4 accessories
Memory module
Bus terminating resistor
(Suconet K)
Battery
Insert labels
ZB4-…, MI4-CFG
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Description
For use with
Part no.
Article no.
512 kB Flash-RAM memory expansion
MI4-110-KG1/-KG2
1 off
Bus termination for the last station on
line
Plug design
Spare battery for data memory backup
3 V lithium
Non-rechargeable
Lifespan, min. 1 year
Exchangeable
Suconet K interface
ZB4-512-SF1
200857
ZB4-043-AD1
203512
MI4-110-KD1
MI4-117-KD1
MI4-110-KG1
MI4-130-TA1
MI4-137-TA1
ZB4-280-BT1
203513
2 off
Insert labels for free user inscription
5 off
(special labelling software available
from the Moeller website)
All MI4 devices, except touch operator
panels MI4-130-TA1, MI4-137-TA1
ZB4-301-BS2
230610
1 off
MI4-CFG
101915
1 off
ZB4-501-IF1
229813
ZB4-504-IF1
206858
ZB4-504-IF2
232146
ZB4-505-IF1
224461
ZB4-505-IF2
229816
ZB4-507-IF1
229815
1 off
ZB4-209-DS1
203507
ZB4-209-DS2
206982
1 off
ZB4-24A-KP1
200625
XT-SUB-D15/RJ45
283450
ZB4-2B7-KB1
200627
ZB4-231-KB1
200630
ZB4-233-KB2
200631
EASY800-PC-CAB
256277
ZB4-03B-AD1
257176
1 off
Software package MI4-CFG Windows 98, ME, NT, 2000, XP
Software for configuration of all MI4 devices.
Delivery package: one CD incl. electr. documentation for the configurator, and manuals for the devices, plus short-form
instructions.
English and German
Feildbus connections
Plug-in interface modules
Suconet K
All MI4 devices
PROFIBUS-DP
9600 baud - 12 Mbaud
All MI4 devices
PROFIBUS-DP
9600 baud - 1.5 Mbaud
All MI4 devices
MPI
Isolated; 1.5 Mbaud
All MI4 devices
MPI
Non-isolated; 1.5 Mbaud
All MI4 devices
CANopen
All MI4 devices
Price
see price list
Std.
pack
1 off
Data plug
Assembly kit without cable
Pins, 9-pole
Straight cable entry
Pins, 9-pin
Cable entry, angled 90º
Connection cable, 2 m
For MI4
With PC
Suconet K interface
PROFIBUS-DP
For configuration
with XC100/200, EC4
SUCOM-A protocol
With PS4-300 PS4-200
PS4-150
With PS4-300, PS4-200,
PS4-150
With PS416
SUCOM-A protocol (RS 232C)
Suconet-K protocol (RS485)
With easy
SUB-D 9-pole, serial, 2 m
Adapter
Connection of MI4 operator panel to
easy800 or MFD-..-CP8 in conjunction
with programming cable EASY800-PCCAB
Suconet-K protocol (RS485) and
SUCOM-A protocol (RS485)
easy800
MFD-..-CP8
easy800
MFD-..-CP8
EASY800-PC-CAB
HMI MI4
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/105
4/106
Ordering
Power supplies
Switched-mode power supply units,
power supply units
SN3, GW4, GD4
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Rated input voltage
50/60 Hz
Input voltage range
Rated output voltage
(residual ripple)
Rated output
current
V AC
V
V DC
A
Unregulated, smoothed
Single-phase
230
–
24 (g 5 %)
3
230
–
24 (g 5 %)
5
230
–
24 (g 5 %)
8
230
–
24 (g 5 %)
10
400 (g 5%)
–
24 (g 3%)
5
400 (g 5%)
–
24 (g 3%)
10
400 (g 5%)
–
24 (g 3%)
15
400 (g 5%)
–
24 (g 3%)
20
400 (g 5%)
–
24 (g 3%)
30
Part no.
Article no.
http://catalog.moeller.net
Price
see price list
Std. pack
GW4 and GD4 power supply units
Three-phase
GW4-030-BA3
200016
GW4-050-BA3
200017
GW4-080-BA3
200018
GW4-100-BA3
200019
1 off
GD4-050-BD3
200007
GD4-100-BD3
200009
GD4-150-BD3
200011
GD4-200-BD3
200012
GD4-300-BD3
200014
1 off
SN3-050-BU8
100640
SN3-100-BV8
100641
1 off
SN3 switched-mode power supply units
Primary pulsed power supply, power reserve from up to 50 %,
Up to 5 devices can be paralleled to increase power and for redundancy
110…240 AC
110…120 AC
220…240 AC
110…120 AC
220…240 AC
110…240 AC/DC
110…240 AC/DC
110…240 AC/DC
85…264 AC
100…350 DC 1)
85…132 AC
184…264 AC
220…350 DC 1)
85…132 AC
184…264 AC
220…350 DC 1)
85…264 AC
100…350 DC 1)
85…264 AC
100…350 DC 1)
85…264 AC
100…350 DC 1)
24 V DC (fixed)
(20 MHz typically < 50 mVss)
24 V DC (fixed)
(20 MHz
typically < 50 mVss)
24 V DC (fixed)
(20 MHz
typically < 50 mVss)
22…28 V DC (adjustable)
(20 MHz typically < 50 mVss)
22…28 V DC (adjustable)
(20 MHz typically < 50 mVss)
22…28 V DC (adjustable)
(20 MHz typically < 50 mVss)
Description
Signal module for SN3-...-EU8 power supply unit
LED: Input OK
LED: Output OK
LED: Remote off
Relay output 1 changeover contact: input OK
Relay output 1 changeover contact: output OK
Remote ON/OFF function for external on/off switching
Notes
1) At
U f 264 V DC additionally suitable, use external fuse.
5
10
20
SN3-200-BV8
100642
5
SN3-050-EU8
100643
SN3-100-EU8
100644
SN3-200-EU8
100645
10
20
For use with
Part no.
Article no.
SN3-50-EU8
SN3-100-EU8
SN3-200-EU8
SN3-000-MMEU8
100646
Price
see price list
Std. pack
1 off
Technical Data
Modular PLC
XC-CPU101…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
XC-CPU101- C64K8DI-6DO(-XV)
XC-CPU101- C128K8DI-6DO(-XV)
XC-CPU101-FC128K8DI-6DO(-XV)
XC-CPU101- C256K8DI-6DO(-XV)
IEC/EN 61131-2
EN 50178
0 to +55
-25 to +70
Horizontal
10…95
IEC/EN 61131-2
EN 50178
0 to +55
-25 to +70
Horizontal
10…95
IEC/EN 61131-2
EN 50178
0 to +55
-25 to +70
Horizontal
10…95
IEC/EN 61131-2
EN 50178
0 to +55
-25 to +70
Horizontal
10…95
795…1080
10 – 57 Hz g0.075 mm
57 – 150 Hz g1.0 g
15 g/11 ms
II
2
IP 20
500
EN 50081-2, Class A
EN 50081-2
normally 5 years
795…1080
10 – 57 Hz g0.075 mm
57 – 150 Hz g1.0 g
15 g/11 ms
II
2
IP 20
500
EN 50081-2, Class A
EN 50081-2
normally 5 years
795…1080
10 – 57 Hz g0.075 mm
57 – 150 Hz g1.0 g
15 g/11 ms
II
2
IP 20
500
EN 50081-2, Class A
EN 50081-2
normally 5 years
795…1080
10 – 57 Hz g0.075 mm
57 – 150 Hz g1.0 g
15 g/11 ms
II
2
IP 20
500
EN 50081-2, Class A
EN 50081-2
normally 5 years
kg
0.23
Plug-in terminal block
0.23
Plug-in terminal block
0.23
Plug-in terminal block
0.23
Plug-in terminal block
mm2
0.5 … 1.5
0.5 … 1.5
0.5 … 1.5
0.5 … 1.5
mm2
0.5 … 2.5
0.5 … 2.5
0.5 … 2.5
0.5 … 2.5
mm2
mm2
0.34 … 1.0
0.14 … 1.0
0.34 … 1.0
0.14 … 1.0
0.34 … 1.0
0.14 … 1.0
0.34 … 1.0
0.14 … 1.0
a Page 4/143
a Page 4/143
a Page 4/143
a Page 4/143
General
Standards
Ambient temperature
Storage
Mounting position
Relative humidity, non-condensing (IEC/
EN 60068-2-30)
Air pressure (operation)
Vibration resistance
Shock resistance
Overvoltage category
Pollution degree
Protection type
Rated insulation voltage
Emitted interference
Interference immunity
Battery (service life)
°C
°C
%
hPa
Ui
Weight
Terminations
Terminal capacities
Screw terminals
Flexible with ferrule
Solid
Spring-loaded terminals
flexible
Solid
V
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Power supply
Duration of mains dip
ms
10
10
10
10
Repetition rate
Input voltage
Admissible range
Input rating
Residual ripple
Maximum power loss (without local I/O)
s
V DC
V DC
W
%
W
1
24
20.4…28.8
Max. 26
F5
6
1
24
20.4…28.8
Max. 26
F5
6
1
24
20.4…28.8
Max. 26
F5
6
1
24
20.4…28.8
Max. 26
F5
6
Yes
Yes
Yes
x In
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No limitation (limited only by upstream 24 V DC power supply unit)
5
3.2
Yes
No
5
3.2
Yes
No
5
3.2
Yes
No
5
3.2
Yes
No
Infineon C164
Infineon C164
Infineon C164
Infineon C164
64/64
4/4
<0.5
128/128
8/8
<0.5
128/128
8/8
<0.5
256/256
8/8
<0.5
Overvoltage protection
Protection against polarity reversal
Mains filter (external)
Inrush current
Signal module output voltage
Rated value
Output current
Short-circuit rating
Electrically isolated from the supply
voltage
CPU
Microprocessor
Memory
Program code and program data
Marker/retentive data
Cycle time for 1 k of instructions (Bit,
Byte)
Pv
V DC
A
kByte
KByte
ms
Modular PLC – XC100/XC200
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/107
4/108
Technical Data
Modular PLC
Modular PLC – XC100/XC200
XC-CPU101…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
http://catalog.moeller.net
XC-CPU101- C64K8DI-6DO(-XV)
XC-CPU101- C128K8DI-6DO(-XV)
XC-CPU101-FC128K8DI-6DO(-XV)
XC-CPU101- C256K8DI-6DO(-XV)
kbit/s
max. 57.6
RJ45
No
max. 57.6
RJ45
No
max. 57.6
RJ45
No
max. 57.6
RJ45
No
Bits/s
500000
Yes
To DS 301 V4
Asyn., cyc., acyc.
Plug-in terminal block
500000
Yes
To DS 301 V4
Asyn., cyc., acyc.
Plug-in terminal block
500000
Yes
To DS 301 V4
Asyn., cyc., acyc.
Optical interface
plastic fibre with 660
mm wave length, plug
e.g. HFBR-4516 Agilent
Technologies
500000
Yes
To DS 301 V4
Asyn., cyc., acyc.
Plug-in terminal block
External
max. 126
Yes
Yes
External
max. 126
Yes
Yes
External
max. 126
Yes
Yes
External
max. 126
Yes
Yes
24
19.2 – 30, note polarity
24
19.2 – 30, note polarity
24
19.2 – 30, note polarity
24
19.2 – 30, note polarity
Potential isolation
Power supply against CPU voltage
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Overvoltage protection
Protection against polarity reversal
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Normally 3.5
Normally 3.5
Normally 3.5
Normally 3.5
Normally 85 mW
Normally 85 mW
Normally 85 mW
Normally 85 mW
Low < 5 V DC, high > 15
V DC
Low < 5 V DC, high > 15
V DC
Low < 5 V DC, high > 15
V DC
Low < 5 V DC, high > 15
V DC
Normally 0.1
Normally 0.1
8 (4 of which are
interrupt inputs)
8
LED
Normally 0.1
Normally 0.1
8 (4 of which are
interrupt inputs)
8
LED
Normally 0.1
Normally 0.1
8 (4 of which are
interrupt inputs)
8
LED
Normally 0.1
Normally 0.1
8 (4 of which are
interrupt inputs)
8
LED
6
0.08
0.5
6
0.08
0.5
6
0.08
0.5
6
0.08
0.5
Normally 0.1 ms
Normally 0.1 ms
6
LED
IEC/EN 60947-5-1,
utilization category DC-13
100
1
Normally 0.1 ms
Normally 0.1 ms
6
LED
IEC/EN 60947-5-1,
utilization category DC-13
100
1
Normally 0.1 ms
Normally 0.1 ms
6
LED
IEC/EN 60947-5-1,
utilization category DC-13
100
1
Normally 0.1 ms
Normally 0.1 ms
6
LED
IEC/EN 60947-5-1,
utilization category DC-13
100
1
Interfaces
Serial interface (RS 232) without handshake
lines
Data transfer rate
Connection technique
Potential isolation
CANopen
Maximum data transfer rate
Potential isolation
Device profile
PDO type
Connection
Bus terminating resistors
Stations
Watch-dog
RTC (real-time clock)
Power supply of local inputs/outputs (24
VQ/0 VQ)
Input voltage
Voltage range
Digital inputs
Input current per channel at nominal voltage
Number
V DC
V DC
mA
Power loss per channel
Voltage level to IEC/EN 61131-2
Limit value type 1
Input delay
Off r On
On r Off
Inputs
Channels with the same reference potential
Status indication
Digital outputs
Channels
Power loss per channel
QX0.0 to QX0.3
Output delay
Off r On
On r Off
Channels with the same reference potential
Status indication
Switching capacity
Duty factor
Utilization factor
ms
ms
Number
Qty.
Number
W
A
Qty.
% DF
g
Technical Data
Modular PLC
XC-CPU201…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
XC-CPU201-EC256K-8DI-6DO(-XV)
XC-CPU201-EC512K-8DI-6DO(-XV)
IEC/EN 61131-2
EN 50178
0 to +55
-25 to +70
Horizontal
10…95
IEC/EN 61131-2
EN 50178
0 to +55
-25 to +70
Horizontal
10…95
795…1080
10 – 57 Hz g0.075 mm
57 – 150 Hz g1.0 g
15 g/11 ms
II
2
IP 20
850
EN 50081-2, Class A
EN 50081-2
normally 5 years
795…1080
10 – 57 Hz g0.075 mm
57 – 150 Hz g1.0 g
15 g/11 ms
II
2
IP 20
850
EN 50081-2, Class A
EN 50081-2
normally 5 years
kg
0.23
Plug-in terminal block
0.23
Plug-in terminal block
mm2
mm2
0.5 … 1.5
0.5 … 2.5
0.5 … 1.5
0.5 … 2.5
mm2
mm2
0.34 … 1.0
0.14 … 1.0
0.34 … 1.0
0.14 … 1.0
a Page 4/143
a Page 4/143
General
Standards
Ambient temperature
Storage
Mounting position
Relative humidity, non-condensing (IEC/EN 60068-2-30)
°C
°C
Air pressure (operation)
Vibration resistance
hPa
Shock resistance
Overvoltage category
Pollution degree
Protection type
Rated impulse withstand voltage
Emitted interference
Interference immunity
Battery (service life)
%
Uimp
Weight
Terminations
Terminal capacities
Screw terminals
Flexible with ferrule
Solid
Spring-loaded terminals
flexible
Solid
V
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Power supply
Duration of mains dip
Repetition rate
Input voltage
Admissible range
Input rating
Residual ripple
Maximum power loss
Overvoltage protection
Protection against polarity reversal
Mains filter
Inrush current
Signal module output voltage
Rated value
Output current
Short-circuit rating
Electrically isolated from the supply voltage
Pv
ms
s
V DC
V DC
W
%
W
x In
V DC
A
CPU
Microprocessor
Memory
Program code and program data
Marker/retentive data
Cycle time for 1 k of instructions (Bit, Byte)
kByte
KByte
ms
10
10
1
1
24
24
20.4…28.8
20.4…28.8
Max. 33
Max. 33
F5
F5
6
6
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No limitation (limited only by upstream 24 V DC power supply unit)
5
3.2
Yes
No
5
3.2
Yes
No
NEC VR4181 A MIPS
NEC VR4181 A MIPS
256/256
16/32
<0.05
512/512
16/32
<0.05
Modular PLC – XC100/XC200
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/109
4/110
Technical Data
Modular PLC
Modular PLC – XC100/XC200
XC-CPU201-…
Interfaces
Ethernet
Data transfer rate
Connection type
Potential isolation
Serial interface (RS 232) without handshake lines
Data transfer rate
Connection technique
Potential isolation
USB interface
CANopen
Maximum data transfer rate
Potential isolation
Device profile
PDO type
Connection
Bus terminating resistors
Stations
Watch-dog
RTC (real-time clock)
Power supply of local inputs/outputs (24 VQ/0 VQ)
Input voltage
Voltage range
Potential isolation
Power supply against CPU voltage
Power supply against inputs/outputs
Status indication
Terminations
Overvoltage protection
Protection against polarity reversal
Digital inputs
Input current per channel at nominal voltage
Power loss per channel
Voltage level to IEC/EN 61131-2
Limit value type 1
Input delay
Off r On
On r Off
Inputs
Channels with the same reference potential
Status indication
Digital outputs
Channels
Power loss per channel
QX0.0 to QX0.3
Output delay
Off r On
On r Off
Channels with the same reference potential
Status indication
Switching capacity
Duty factor
Utilization factor
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
http://catalog.moeller.net
XC-CPU201-EC256K-8DI-6DO(-XV)
XC-CPU201-EC512K-8DI-6DO(-XV)
MBit/s
10/100 Autodetect
RJ45
No
10/100 Autodetect
RJ45
No
kbit/s
max. 115.2
RJ45
No
1.0
max. 115.2
RJ45
No
1.0
MBit/s
1
Yes
To DS 301 V4
Asyn., cyc., acyc.
Plug-in terminal block
External
max. 126
Yes
Yes
1
Yes
To DS 301 V4
Asyn., cyc., acyc.
Plug-in terminal block
External
max. 126
Yes
Yes
24
19.2 – 30, note polarity
24
19.2 – 30, note polarity
Yes
No
LED
Plug-in terminal block
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
LED
Plug-in terminal block
Yes
Yes
Normally 3.5
Normally 85 mW
Normally 3.5
Normally 85 mW
Low < 5 V DC, high > 15 V DC
Low < 5 V DC, high > 15 V DC
Number
V DC
V DC
mA
ms
ms
Number
Qty.
Number
W
A
Qty.
% DF
g
Normally 0.1
Normally 0.1
Normally 0.1
Normally 0.1
8, 2 of which programmable as 50 kHz counters, 2 as interrupt inputs, 1 as
incremental input
8
8
LED
LED
6
0.08
0.5
6
0.08
0.5
Normally 0.1 ms
Normally 0.1 ms
Normally 0.1 ms
Normally 0.1 ms
6
6
LED
LED
IEC/EN 60947-5-1, utilization category DC-13
100
100
1
1
Technical Data
Modular PLC
XV-101-…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
XV-101-K42
XV-101-K84
IEC/EN 60131-2
EN 50178
IEC/EN 60131-2
EN 50178
°C
0…50
0…50
°C
%
–20…70
10…95
–20…70
10…95
V
kg
IP 65
IP 20
10 – 57 Hz g0.075 mm
57 – 150 Hz g1 g
15 g/11 ms
850
II
2
EN 61000-6-2
EN 50081-2, Class A
0.9
IP 65
IP 20
10 – 57 Hz g0.075 mm
57 – 150 Hz g1 g
15 g/11 ms
850
II
2
EN 61000-6-2
EN 50081-2, Class A
0.9
V DC
V DC
24
18…30
24
18…30
Hours of op.
LED
100000
LED
100000
5 mm/10 mm
256
5 mm/10 mm
256
29
>3000000
35
>3000000
SRAM, 32 kB
LED (RUN, STOP, SF)
3 XI/OC signal modules
Yes
SRAM, 32 kB
LED (RUN, STOP, SF)
3 XI/OC signal modules
Yes
General
Standards
Ambient temperature
Operation
When mounted vertically, up to 45° fitting
angle
Storage
Relative humidity, non-condensing (IEC/EN 60068-2-30)
Degree of protection
Front
Enclosures
Vibration resistance
Shock resistance
Rated impulse withstand voltage
Overvoltage category
Pollution degree
Interference immunity
Emitted interference
Weight
Power supply
Rated voltage
Admissible range
Display
Back-lighting
Service life of back-lighting
Uimp
Ue
Character height
User-definable characters
Keys
Total number of keys
Key pad service life
Features
Memory type
Status
Expansions
Real time clock
Ops.
Modular PLC – XC100/XC200
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/111
4/112
Technical Data
Mains filter
XT-FIL-1
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Modular PLC – XC100/XC200
24 V DC filter XT-FIL-1
General
Standards
Ambient temperature
Storage
Mounting position
Vibration resistance
Shock resistance
Impact resistance
Overvoltage category
Pollution degree
Protection type
Rated impulse withstand voltage
Emitted interference
Interference immunity
Weight
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Terminations
Terminal capacities
Screw terminals
Flexible with ferrule
Solid
Power supply
Input voltage
Admissible range
Residual ripple
Mains overvoltage protection
Potential isolation
Input voltage against PE
Input voltage agaisnt output voltage
Output voltage against PE
Rated value
Output current
°C
°C
Uimp
V
kg
mm
IEC/EN 61131-2
EN 50178
0 – +55
-25 – +70
Horizontal/vertical
10 – 57 Hz g0.075 mm
57 – 150 Hz g1.0 g
15 g/11 ms
500 g/o 50 mm g25 g
II
2
IP20
850
EN 50081-2, Class A
EN 50081-2
0.095
35 x 90 x 30
Screw terminals
mm2
mm2
0.2 – 2.5 (AWG22 – 12)
0.2 – 2.5 (AWG22 – 12)
V DC
V DC
%
24
20.4…28.8
F5
Yes
Yes
No
V DC
A
Yes
24
2.2
http://catalog.moeller.net
Technical Data
Digital input modules
XIOC…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
General
Standards
Ambient temperature
Storage
Vibration resistance
°C
°C
Shock resistance
Impact resistance
Overvoltage category
Pollution degree
Protection class
Protection type
Emitted interference
IEC/EN 61131-2
EN 50178
0 to +55
-25 to +70
10 – 57 Hz g0.075 mm
57 – 150 Hz g1.0 mm
15 g/11 ms
500 g/o 50 mm g25 g
II
2
1
IP 20
DINxEN 55011x22, Class A
Modular PLC – XC100/XC200
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/113
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
a Page 4/143
External power supply
Rated voltage
Ue
Admissible range
Residual ripple
Neutral poles
Duration of dip
Repetition rate
V DC
24 (12)
%
20.4 – 28.8 (11.8 – 14.4)
F5
ms
s
10
1
XIOC-8DI
XIOC-16DI
XIOC-32DI
XIOC-16DI-AC
DC input
24
20.4…28.8
DC input
24
20.4…28.8
DC input
24
20.4…28.8
AC input
–
Normally 3.5 kO
–
Normally 5.9 kO
–
Normally 5.6 kO
Input current
mA
Voltage level to IEC 61131-2, limit value type 1
ON
V
OFF
V
Input delay
Off r On
ms
On r Off
ms
Input channels
Qty.
Channels with the same reference
Number
potential
Potential isolation
Indicating elements
Normally 6.9
Normally 4.0
Normally 4.3
200 to 240
170…264
Normally 32 kO (50 Hz),
normally 27 kO (60 Hz)
4.3 to 8.0 (220 V AC/50 Hz)
F 15 DC
F 5 DC
F 15 DC
F 5 DC
f 15 DC
F 5 DC
F 164 AC
F 40 AC
F 5 (normally 4)
F 5 (normally 4)
8
8
F 5 (normally 4)
F 5 (normally 4)
16
16
F 5 (normally 4)
F 5 (normally 4)
32
32
15
25
16
16
Opto-isolated
LED (green)
LED (green)
LED (green)
Terminals
Plug-in terminal block
16 LED (green), switchable:
0 – 15, 16 – 31
XIOC-TERM32 (connector
and cable)
100
0.16
Modules
Input type
Input voltage
Admissible range
Input voltage
Admissible range
Input impedance
Internal current consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
V DC
V DC
V AC
V AC
mA
kg
26
0.16
51
0.16
Plug-in terminal block
51
0.18
4/114
Technical Data
Digital output module
XIOC…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Modular PLC – XC100/XC200
XIOC-8DO
Modules
Output type
Output voltage
Minumum switching current
Leakage current
Maximum load current
Per circuit
Per common potential terminal
Output delay
Off r On
On r Off
Output channels
Channels with the same reference potential
Overvoltage protection
Fuse
Potential isolation
Indication elements
Terminations
Internal current consumption (5 V DC)
External voltage for outputs/module (30 mA
for module supply)
External voltage for operating the relay
Short-circuit protection
Weight
XIOC-16DO
XIOC-16DO-S
XIOC-32DO
V DC
mA
mA
Transistor (source type)
12/24 (-15/+20%)
1
1
0.1
0.1
1
0.1
1
0.1
A
A
0.3
2.4
0.3
4
0.8
5
0.2
3.2
ms
ms
Qty.
Qty.
0.3
1
8
8
0.3
1
16
16
0.3
1
16
16
0.3
1
32
32
Diode
4
Opto-isolated
LED (green)
Diode
8
Built-in
None
Diode
8
LED (green)
LED (green)
16 LED (green), switchable: 0 – 15, 16 – 31
Plug-in terminal block
30
50
24 DC (-15/+20%) 24 DC (-15/+20%)
50
24 DC (-15/+20%)
XIOC-TERM32 (connector and cable)
250
24 DC (-15/+20%)
12/24V DC
12/24V DC
12/24V DC
12/24V DC
0.16
0.16
Yes
0.16
0.16
A
mA
V
kg
XIOC-12DO-R
Modules
Output type
Output voltage
Output voltage
Minumum switching current
Maximum load current
Per circuit
Per common potential terminal
Output delay
Off r On
On r Off
Output channels
Channels with the same reference potential
Overvoltage protection
Fuse
Potential isolation
Indication elements
Terminations
Internal current consumption (5 V DC)
External voltage for operating the relay
Weight
http://catalog.moeller.net
V DC
V AC
mA
Relay
24
100/240
1
A
A
2
5
ms
ms
Qty.
Qty.
10
10
12
12
External
External
Opto-isolated
LED (green)
Plug-in terminal block
40
24 DC (-15/+20%, max. 70 mA)
0.2
A
mA
kg
Technical Data
Configurable digital input/output module
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/115
XIOC
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Power supply
Supply voltage
Residual ripple
Overvoltage protection
Protection against polarity reversal
Potential isolation
Power supply against I/O bus
Power supply against I/O
Internal current consumption (5 V DC)
Channels
Terminations
Status indication
Inputs
Input type
Input voltage
Inputs
%
mA
Number
24 V DC (-15/+20%)
F5
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
80
16
Plug-in terminal block
LED
V DC
Number
DC input
24 V DC
4, 12, configurable
mA
Normally 4
Input current
Voltage level to IEC 61131-2, limit value type 1
ON
OFF
Input delay
Off r On
On r Off
V
V
F 15 DC
F 5 DC
ms
ms
Normally 0.1
Normally 0.1
Outputs
Output type
Output voltage
Output current
Outputs
V DC
A
Number
Transistor (source type)
24 (-15/+20%)
Normally 0.5
Max. 12, configurable
Short-circuit tripping current
Lamp load
Off-delay (High r Low)
Switching capacity
Short-circuit proof
Parallel connection of outputs
Number of outputs that can be switched in parallel
Total max. current
Weight
A
W
μs
A
kg
max. 1.2 over 3 ms per output
Max. 3
100
IEC/EN 60947-5-1, utilization category DC-13
Yes
in groups 0 – 3, 4 – 7, 8 – 11;
Actuation of the outputs within a group only in the same program cycle
3 max.
2 per group
0.16
Modular PLC – XC100/XC200
XIOC-16DX
4/116
Technical Data
Analogue input modules
XIOC-…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Modular PLC – XC100/XC200
XIOC-8AI-I2
Modules
Input voltage
Input current
Resolution, digital
Conversion time
Total error
Input impedance
Potential isolation
Circuit within each channel
Between the input channels
Input channels
Terminations
External power supply
External resistance
Connection type
Platinum temperature resistance
Accuracy
-20 to 40 °C (Pt100)
-50 to 400 °C (Pt100)
-50 to 400 °C (Pt100)
Temperature measuring range
V DC
mA
Bit
%
kO
Qty.
R
XIOC-8AI-U1
0 to 10
4 – 20
12
12
F 5 ms
F 5 ms
F g1 (of the full-scale value)
–
100
XIOC-8AI-U2
12
F 5 ms
15 Bit signed
100
–
Opto-isolated
No
No
No
8
8
8
Plug-in terminal block
24 V DC (-15/+20 %), approx. 150 mA
kO
No
4
24 V DC (–15/+20 %), 100 mA
Max. 0.4 (4 channels)
Screened cable
Pt100 (IEC 751), Pt1000
°C
°C
°C
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
mA
Normally 100
Normally 100
Normally 100
Additional function
Error detection
-20 to 40 °C
0.5
3
6
–20 to +40 °C/–50 to +400 °C (uninterrupted
current: 2 mA)
Max. 200
Linearization
F -25 °C or f +45 °C = resistance value
7FFFFhex
F -60 °C or f +410 °C = resistance value
7FFFFhex
In these cases, the resistance value is 7FFFhex
-50 to 400 °C
Behaviour in the event of wire breakage or
where inputs are not used
Weight
kg
0.18
0.18
XIOC-4AI-T
Channels
Number
Temperature measuring range
Voltage measurement
Cold junction compensation
Interference voltage suppression
Unit
Resolution
Total error
Conversion time
Temperature coefficient
XIOC-4T-PT
-10 to +10
2-core screened cable (F20 m)
Internal current consumption (5 V DC)
http://catalog.moeller.net
Bit
%
4
K type: –270 … 1370
J type: –210 … 1200
B type: 100 … 1800
N type: -270 … 1300
E type: –270 … 1000
R type: –50 … 1760
T type: –200 … 400
– 50 mV…50 mV
–100 mV…100 mV
–500 mV…500 mV
–1000 mV…1000 mV
Yes, integrated
50 Hz, 60 Hz
0.1 °C, 0.1 F
16
g0.5 of measurement range
<1s
< 200 ppm/°C of measurement
range
0.18
0.18
Technical Data
Analog output modules
XIOC-…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Modules
Output voltage
Output current
Resolution
Conversion time
Total error
External load resistance
Voltage output
Current output
Potential isolation
Circuit within each channel
between channels
Quantity of outputs
Output voltage
Output current
Terminations
Internal current consumption (5 V DC)
External power supply
Connection type
Inputs
Input voltage
Input current
Resolution
Conversion time
Total error
Potential isolation
Circuit within each channel
Between the input channels
Between input/output channels
Channels
Input impedance
Outputs
Output voltage
Output current
Resolution
Error
Potential isolation
Circuit within each channel
Between the output channels
Quantity of channels
External load resistance
Short-circuit proof
Terminals
Terminations
Internal current consumption (5 V DC)
Weight
XIOC-2AO-U1-2AO-I2
XIOC-4AO-U1
XIOC-2AO-U2
0 to 10
0 to 10
12
F 5 ms
12
F 5 ms
%
0 to 10
0.004 to 0.020
12
F 5 ms
F g1 (of the full-scale value)
F 10 kO
0 to 500 O
F 10 kO
F 10 kO
O
No
No
V DC
A
Bit
Opto-isolated
No
mA
2 (channels 0 and 1)
4
2 (channels 2 and 3)
Plug-in terminal block
100
100
24 V DC (-15/+20 %), approx. 150 mA
2-core screened cable (F20 m)
Modular PLC – XC100/XC200
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/117
2
100
XIOC-2AI-1AO-U1
XIOC-2AI-1AO-U1-I1
XIOC-4AI-2AO-U1
XIOC-4AI-2AO-U1-I1
0 – 10
0 – 10
%
14
< 1 ms
Normally 0.4
0 – 10
0 – 20
14
< 1 ms
Normally 0.4
14
< 1 ms
Normally 0.4
0 – 10
0 – 20
14
< 1 ms
Normally 0.4
Qty.
kO
No
No
No
2
40
No
No
No
2
40
No
No
No
4
40
No
No
No
4
40
0 – 10
0 – 10
12
Normally 0.4
0 – 10
0 – 20
12
Normally 0.4
12
Normally 0.4
0 – 10
0 – 20
12
Normally 0.4
No
No
1
F 2 kO
Yes
No
No
1
F 2 kO
Yes
No
No
2
F 2 kO
Yes
No
No
2
F 2 kO
Yes
Plug-in terminal block
200
0.16
Plug-in terminal block
200
0.16
Plug-in terminal block
200
0.16
Plug-in terminal block
200
0.16
V DC
mA
Bit
V DC
mA
Bit
mA
kg
4/118
Technical Data
Communication modules
Modular PLC – XC100/XC200
XIOC-…, XIOC-NET-…
Interfaces
Interfaces
Protocol
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
XIOC-NET-DP-M
XIOC-NET-DP-S
XIOC-NET-SK-M
XIOC-SER
PROFIBUS DP, RS 485, EN
50170
PROFIBUS-DP master (class 1)
PROFIBUS DP, RS 485, EN
50170
PROFIBUS-DP slave
RS485
RS232(C), RS422, RS485
Suconet K, K1
Tranparent mode, Modbus
master/dSlave, SUCOM A,
Suconet-K slave
Character formats
8E1, 8O1, 8N1, 8N2, 7E2,
7O2, 7N2, 7E1
RTS, CTS, DTR, DSR, DCD
Control and signal cables
Data transfer rate
kBit/s
9.6 to 12000
9.6 to 12000
187.5, 375
Potential isolation
Number of slaves
Transmit/receive data
Yes
124
3500 Byte each
Yes
Max. 244 Byte
Yes
16
250 bytes per COM
Bus terminating resistors
Switchable
Switchable
Switchable
Plug arrangement
9-pole SUB-D socket
connector
9-pole Sub-D socket
Plug-in terminal block
300
0.2
XC100: 1
XC200:3
1, 2, 3
300
0.2
XC100: 1
XC200: 3
1, 2, 3
275
0.2
XC100: 2
XC200: 4
As required
Current consumption
Weight
Number of modules
Slots
http://catalog.moeller.net
mA
kg
0.3 …57.6
187.5, 375 (Suconet)
Yes (RS485, RS422)
250 Byte per slave
120 Byte per slave
(Suconet-K slave)
Switchable for RS485,
RS422
RS232: 9 pole SUB-D plug
RS485, 422: plug terminal
block
275
0.2
XC100: 2
XC200: 4
As required
Technical Data
Basic units
PS4-…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Compact PLC PS4
PS4-271-MM1
General
Standards
Ambient temperature
Ambient temperature, storage
Vibration resistance
Mechanical shock resistance, shock duration 11 ms
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Programming interface
Interface
Bus
Data cable length
Data transfer rate
Control mode
Protection type
Rated insulation voltage
Real time clock
Accuracy of the real-time clock
Battery (service life)
Expandable (locally)
Expandable (remotely)
User and data memory (internal)
Memory modules (external)
°C
°C
g
g
m
kbit/s
Ui
Cycle time for 1 k of instructions (Bit, Byte)
Max. number of inputs (local)
Max. number of outputs (local)
Weight
Power supply
Terminals
Terminal capacities
Solid
Flexible with ferrule
Inputs/outputs
Terminals
Terminal capacity
Solid
Flexible with ferrule
Power supply
Rated voltage
Admissible range
Rated frequency
Rated current
Inrush current and duration
Heat dissipation (total for device)
Bridging of voltage dips
Duration of dip
Repetition rate
Fault indication
Protection class
Potential isolation
Max. current carrying capacity for LE bus (5 V)
V AC
ms
kg
IEC/EN 61131-2,
EN 50178
0…55
-25…70
Constant 1 g, f = 10 to 150 Hz
> 15
a Page 4/143
RS 232C, programming cable length < 3 m
RS485
Suconet K
600/300
187.5/375
Master/slave
IP20
1800
Yes
6.1 min/year (battery-backed)
Normally 5 years
Max. 5 LEs
Max. 8 stations
32 Kbytes
32 KByte RAM
128 Kbyte FLASH
32 Kbyte RAM + 128 Kbyte flash
<5
12
8 (relay)
0.95
Screw terminals
mm2
mm2
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 2.5
Plug-in screw terminals
Ue
Ie
mm2
mm2
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 1.5
V
V
Hz
mA
A
W
120 - 240 V AC
98 – 264 AC
4763
300 (120 V AC) 150 (240 V AC) with LE
4 < 5 ms
Approx. 9.5 (120 V AC)
Approx. 12.5 (240 V AC)
ms
s
10
1
Yes (LED)
1
Yes
1.2
A
Compact PLC PS4
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/119
4/120
Technical Data
Basic units
PS4-…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Compact PLC PS4
Compact PLC PS4
Digital inputs
Number
Rated voltage
Rated current at state "1"
120 V AC/50 Hz
240 V AC/50 Hz
Potential isolation
between the inputs
Input to LE bus/Suconet K
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
Different phases at adjacent inputs
PS4-271-MM1
Ue
V AC
12
120 at 47 – 63 Hz
240 at 47 – 55 Hz
Ie
Ie
mA
mA
Normally 6
Normally 12
No
Yes
II, basic insulation
Only permissible between groups, input can be switched only with phase
Voltage level to IEC/EN 61131-2
Limit value type 1
Min. switching level, high
max. low level
On-delay, 120/240 V AC
Off-delay, 120/240 V AC
Status indication of inputs
V
V
ms
ms
Setpoint potentiometers
Quantity
Value range
Setting
Analog inputs
Quantity
Voltage
Input impedance
Total error
Max. current
Input impedance
Total error
Resistance
Temperature detector
Measuring current
Total error
Connection type of signal encoder
Resolution
http://catalog.moeller.net
Un = 120 V AC/240 V AC
79/164
20/40
Normally 10 at 50 Hz
Normally 30 at 50 Hz
Yes (LED)
2
10-bit (1024 units)
With screwdriver
R
V
kO
%
mA
O
%
kO
mA
%
Bit
4; 2 x Current/voltage, 2 x impedance
0 – 10
220
Normally 0.8 of full scale
0 to 20 (4 to 20 through software)
250
Normally 0.8 of full scale
0 to 1.5
Pt1000
Ni1000
ca. 0.4
Normally 0.8 of full scale
Two-wire connection to transducer
10-bit max. (1024 units)
Technical Data
Basic units
PS4-…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Compact PLC PS4
Digital outputs
Number
Contacts
Potential isolation
Rated voltage
Conventional thermal current
Short-circuit proof p.f. = 1
Short-circuit proof cos v = 0.5 to 0.7
Contact material
Response time
Reset time
Bounce duration
Min. contact voltage
Min. contact current
Minimum load
Max. switching duty
AC
DC
Lifespan
Mechanical
Lifespan, mechanical
Mechanical operating frequency
Resistive lamp load
Inductive load
Electrical
Electrical lifespan at 8 A/230 V AC/70 °C
Operation at AC -15, 230 V, 3 A p.f. = 0.4, 600 Ops/h
Operation at DC-13, 24 V DC, 1 A L/R = 150 ms, 500 Ops/h
Filament bulb load
1000 W at 230/240 V AC
500 W at 115/120 V AC
Fluorescent lamp load 10 x 58 W at 230/240 V AC
With upstream electrical device
Uncompensated
Fluorescent lamp load 1 x 58 W at 230/240 V AC,
conventional, compensated
Parallel switching of outputs for increased output
Protection of an output relay
Contact protection
Overload and short-circuit protection
Insulation
Pollution degree
Overvoltage category
Creepage distance coil/contact
Air clearance coil/contact
Test/alternating voltage at the open contact
Test/alternating voltage at coil/contact
Status indication of outputs
Analog outputs
Max. current
Current output, number
Signal range
Resolution
Total error
Load on current outputs
Connection type
Voltage
Voltage output, number
Signal range
Resolution
Total error
Output load
Connection type
PS4-271-MM1
Ue
Ith
ms
ms
ms
V
mA
W
8
Make
Yes, in groups
250 V AC
Max. 8 (UL/CSA: 10)
16 A characteristic B (FAZ-B16/1) at 600 A
16 A characteristic B (FAZ-B16/1) at 900 A
AgSnO2
Normally 6
Normally 10
Normally 0.5
12
500
6
VA
W
2000 (250 V/8 A/10 A UL/CSA)
240 (30 V DC/8 A/10 A UL/CSA)
Hz
Hz
Hz
10000000
10
2
0.5
V
A
Operations
Operations
Operations
Operations
100000
300000
200000
Operations
Operations
25000
25000
Operations
25000
Operations
Operations
25000
25000
mm
mm
kV
kV
mA
Bit
%
O
V
Bit
%
kO
Not permissible
Miniature circuit-breaker FAZ-B16/1 or fuse 8 A (T)
None
No
IEC/EN 60664/VDE 0110 (01/89)
2
II
8
8
1
4
Yes
2
0 to 20
4 to 20
12-bit (4096 units)
Normally 0.4 of full scale
f 500
Two-wire connection
2
0 – 10
12 (4096 units)
Normally 0.4 of full scale
f2
Two-wire connection
Compact PLC PS4
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/121
Technical Data
Basic units
Technical Data
Basic units
PS4-…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Compact PLC PS4
http://catalog.moeller.net
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
PS4-141-MM1
PS4-151-MM1
PS4-201-MM1
PS4-341-MM1
IEC/EN 61131-2,
EN 50178
0…55
–25…70
Constant 1 g, f = 10 to 150 Hz
> 15
a Page 4/143
Master/slave
IP20
600
Yes
6.1 min/year (battery-backed)
Normally 5 years
RS 232 C
IEC/EN 61131-2,
EN 50178
0…55
–25…70
Constant 1 g, f = 10 to 150 Hz
> 15
a Page 4/143
Master/slave
IP20
1500
Yes
6.1 min/year (battery-backed)
Normally 5 years
RS 232 C
IEC/EN 61131-2,
EN 50178
0…55
–25…70
Constant 1 g, f = 10 to 150 Hz
> 15
a Page 4/143
Master/slave
IP20
600
Yes
6.1 min/year (battery-backed)
Normally 5 years
RS 232 C
IEC/EN 61131-2,
EN 50178
0…55
–25…70
Constant 1 g, f = 10 to 150 Hz
> 15
a Page 4/143
Master/slave
IP20
1500
Yes
6.1 min/year (battery-backed)
Normally 5 years
RS 232 C
32 KByte RAM (battery-backed)
32 KByte RAM (battery-backed)
32 KByte RAM (battery-backed)
512 Kbyte RAM (battery-backed)
32 KByte RAM
128 Kbyte Flash
32 KByte RAM
128 Kbyte Flash
32 KByte RAM
128 Kbyte Flash
32 KByte RAM and 128 KByte Flash
32 KByte RAM and 128 KByte Flash
32 KByte RAM and 128 KByte Flash
10000
<5
16 digital/2 analog inputs
10000
<5
16 digital/2 analog inputs
–
< 0.5
96 (with 5 LE4-116-DX1)
Max. number of outputs (local)
14 digital outputs/1 analog output
8 digital outputs/1 analog output
Max. number of inputs/outputs (local)
Max. number of inputs/outputs (remote)
30
680 can be addressed through Suconet
K line
0.7
24
680 can be addressed through Suconet
K line
0.7
10000
<5
104 (with 6 LE4-116-DX1) digital/2
analog inputs
102 (with 6 LE-116-XD1) digital
outputs/1 analog output
110 (with 6 LE4-116-DD1)
680 can be addressed through Suconet
K line
0.54
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 2.5
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 1.5
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 1.5
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 1.5
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 1.5
Networking
Expandable (remotely)
Max. 8 stations
Max. 8 stations
Max. 8 stations, max. 24 with 2
additional network modules
Max. 30 stations, max. 46 with 2 x LE4501-BS1
Programming with Suconet K network
Interface
Bus
Data cable length
Data transfer rate
RS485
RS485
Suconet K
600/300
187.5/375
RS485
RS485
Suconet K
600/300
187.5/375
RS485
RS485
Suconet K
600/300
187.5/375
RS485
RS485
Suconet K
600/300
187.5/375
General
Standards
Compact PLC PS4
http://catalog.moeller.net
Ambient temperature
Ambient temperature, storage
Vibration resistance
Mechanical shock resistance, shock duration 11 ms
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Control mode
Protection type
Rated insulation voltage
Real time clock
Accuracy of the real-time clock
Battery (service life)
Programming interface
Memory
Program and data memory (internal)/back-up
memory
Memory expansion (external)
Memory for backup and recipe data
Memory expansion and memory for backup and
recipe data (external)
Write cycles (flash memory)
Cycle time for 1 k of instructions (Bit, Byte)
Max. number of inputs (local)
Weight
Power supply
Terminals
Terminal capacities
Solid
Flexible with ferrule
Inputs/outputs
Terminals
Terminal capacity
Solid
Flexible with ferrule
°C
°C
g
g
Ui
V AC
ms
kg
mm2
mm2
mm2
mm2
m
kbit/s
94 (with 5 LE 4-116-XD1)
110 (with 5 LE4-116-DX1/XD1)
8500 can be addressed through Suconet
K line
0.7
4/123
PS4-…
Compact PLC PS4
4/122
Technical Data
Basic units
Technical Data
Basic units
PS4-…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Compact PLC PS4
Compact PLC PS4
Power supply
Rated voltage
Admissible range
Rated frequency
Residual ripple on the input voltage
Protection against polarity reversal
Rated current
Inrush current and duration
Power consumption
Bridging of voltage dips
Duration of dip
Repetition rate
Fault indication
Protection class
Potential isolation
Max. current carrying capacity for LE bus (5 V)
Digital inputs
Quantity
Rated operational voltage
Rated voltage
On 0 signal
On 1 signal
Max. ripple
Rated current
At state “1”
Delay time
for "0" to "1"
for "1" to "0"
Potential isolation
Potential isolation
between the inputs
Status indication of inputs
Integrated power supply for inputs
"High-speed counter"input
Input
Number
Switching frequency
Pulse shape
Pulse duration
Edge duration
Alarm input
Ue
Ie
V
V
Hz
%
mA
A
W
ms
s
A
Resolution
http://catalog.moeller.net
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
PS4-141-MM1
PS4-151-MM1
PS4-201-MM1
PS4-341-MM1
24 V DC
20.4 – 28.8 DC
115 – 230 V AC
98 – 264 AC
4763
24 V DC
20.4 – 28.8 DC
24 DC
20.4 – 28.8 DC
F5
Yes
Approx. 1 A
4 < 5 ms
Approx. 6.5
F5
Yes
Normally 300
4 < 5 ms
Approx. 6.5
Normally 90
12 at 230 V
Approx. 20
F5
Yes
200
4 < 5 ms
Approx. 6
10
1
LED
1
Yes
–
10
1
LED
1
Yes
–
10
1
LED
1
Yes
1.2
10
1
LED
1
Yes
1.2
16
16
8
16
Ue
Ue
Ue
V DC
V DC
V DC
%
24
F 5, limit value type 1
f 15, limit value type 1
F5
24
F 5, limit value type 1
f 15, limit value type 1
F5
24
F 5, limit value type 1
f 15, limit value type 1
F5
24
F 5, limit value type 1
f 15, limit value type 1
F5
Ie
mA
Normally 6 at 24 V DC
Normally 6 at 24 V DC
Normally 6 at 24 V DC
Normally 6 at 24 V DC
ms
ms
max.0.1
max.0.1
max.0.1
max.0.1
max.0.1
max.0.1
max.0.1
max.0.1
Yes
No
LED
Yes
No
LED
Yes
Yes
No
LED
Yes
No
LED
I 0.0
1 up counter
3
Square
50
F3
I1.0
I 0.0
1 up counter
3
Square
50
F3
I1.0
I 0.0
1 up counter
3
Square
50
F3
I1.0
I 0.0, I 0.1 (up, down)
1 up or down counter
50
Square
50
F3
I 1.0, I 1.1
2
10-bit (1024 units)
With screwdriver
2
10-bit (1024 units)
With screwdriver
2
10-bit (1024 units)
With screwdriver
2
10-bit (1024 units)
With screwdriver
2
0 – 10
Typically 0.8 % of full scale
1 x per cycle
20
Two-wire connection to transducer
2
0 – 10
Typically 0.8 % of full scale
1 x per cycle
20
Two-wire connection to transducer
2
0 – 10
Typically 0.8 % of full scale
1 x per cycle
20
Two-wire connection to transducer
2
0 – 10
Typically 0.8 % of full scale
1 x per cycle
20
Two-wire connection to transducer
10 (1024 increments)
10 (1024 increments)
10 (1024 increments)
10 (1024 increments)
kHz
%
%
Setpoint potentiometers
Quantity
Value range
Setting
Analog inputs
Number
Signal range
Total error
Conversions
Input impedance
Connection type of signal encoder
http://catalog.moeller.net
V DC
%
kO
Bit
4/125
PS4-…
Compact PLC PS4
4/124
Technical Data
Basic units
Technical Data
Basic units
PS4-…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Compact PLC PS4
Compact PLC PS4
http://catalog.moeller.net
http://catalog.moeller.net
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
PS4-141-MM1
PS4-151-MM1
PS4-201-MM1
PS4-341-MM1
14
Semiconductor
8
Relay (make contact)
6
Semiconductor
14
Semiconductor
V DC
24
24
24
V DC
20.4 – 28.8
See switching current (resistive/
inductive load)
See switching current (resistive/
inductive load)
20.4 – 28.8
20.4 – 28.8
Max. ripple
Protection against polarity reversal
Potential isolation
Potential isolation in groups
%
F5
Yes
Yes
F5
Yes
Yes
F5
Yes
Yes
Min. contact voltage
Min. contact current
Minimum load
Rated current
at state "1"
Lamp load
Utilization factor
Duty factor
Parallel connection of outputs
Parallel switching of outputs for increased output
V
mA
W
–
–
–
4 isolated outputs, 4 outputs, each with
2 groups of 2
12
100
1.2
–
–
–
–
–
–
A
W
%
% DF
0.5 at 24 V DC
4 W without series resistor
1
100
1
100
0.5 at 24 V DC
4 W without series resistor
1
100
0.5 at 24 V DC
4 W without series resistor
1
100
Max. 4
Max. 4
2
250
Approx. 140
2
250
Approx. 140
Digital outputs
Quantity
Contacts
Rated operational voltage
Rated voltage
Ue
Admissible range
Total max. current
Total minimum current
Residual current at state "0"
Response time
Reset time
Lifespan, mechanical
Switching current (resistive load)
2 A/230 V AC
2 A/24 V DC
Switching current (inductive load)
1 A/230 V AC-11
1 A/24 V DC-11
Short-circuit protection
Short-circuit tripping current
Off-delay
Limitation of disconnect voltage with inductive loads
Maximum operating frequency
With time constant L/R max. 72 ms
With time constant L/R max. 15 ms
Creepage and clearance distances
Status indication of outputs
Analog outputs
Number
Total error
Output voltage
Connection type
Resolution
Ie
RLL
g
Max. 4
A
mA
mA
ms
ms
2
250
Approx. 140
–
–
10
10
20000000
Operations
Operations
Operations
–
–
300000
900000
–
–
–
Operations
Operations
–
–
Yes, without manual reset
300000
100000
No, external protection of relay contacts
with fuse, 4 A fast
–
–
Yes, without manual reset
–
–
Yes, without manual reset
A
ms
max. 2.5 over 3 ms per output
100
Yes, 21 V (at UN = 24 V DC)
max. 1.2 over 3 ms per output
100
Yes, –21 V (at UN = 24 V DC)
max. 1.2 over 3 ms per output
100
Yes, 21 V (at UN = 24 V DC)
Ops./h
4800
4800
Ops./h
18000
%
V DC
Bit
18000
LED
–
8 mm between coil and contact
LED
4800 (g=1)
7500 (g=0.5)
18000
LED
LED
1
Normally 0.4 of full scale
0 – 10/2 mA
Two-wire connection
12 (4096 units)
1
Normally 0.4 of full scale
0 – 10/2 mA
Two-wire connection
12 (4096 units)
1
Normally 0.4 of full scale
0 – 10/2 mA
Two-wire connection
12 (4096 units)
1
Normally 0.4 of full scale
0 – 10/2 mA
Two-wire connection
12 (4096 units)
4/127
PS4-…
Compact PLC PS4
4/126
4/128
Technical Data
Bus modules
EM4
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Digital EM4
EM4-101-DD2
Compact PLC PS4
General
Standards
Ambient temperature
Ambient temperature, storage
Vibration resistance
Mechanical shock resistance, shock duration
11 ms
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Protection type
Rated insulation voltage
Expandable (locally)
Weight
Power supply
Terminals
Terminal capacities
Solid
Flexible with ferrule
°C
°C
g
g
Ui
kg
mm2
mm2
Inputs/outputs
Terminals
Terminal capacity
Solid
Flexible with ferrule
Power supply
Rated voltage
Admissible range
Rated frequency
Residual ripple on the input voltage
Protection against polarity reversal
Rated current
Inrush current and duration
Heat dissipation (total for device)
Bridging of voltage dips
Duration of dip
Repetition rate
Protection class
Potential isolation between inputs and
internal power supply
Ue
Ie
EM4-204-DX1
IEC/EN 61131-2,
IEC/EN 61131-2,
EN 50178
EN 50178
0…55
0…55
–25…70
–25…70
Constant 1 g, f = 10 to 150 Hz
> 15
> 15
IEC/EN 61131-2,
EN 50178
0…55
–25…70
IEC/EN 61131-2,
EN 50178
0…55
–25…70
> 15
> 15
a Page 4/143
IP20
600
No
0.44
a Page 4/143
IP20
1800
No
0.44
a Page 4/143
IP20
600
Yes
0.455
a Page 4/143
IP20
600
Yes
0.46
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 2.5
mm2
mm2
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 1.5
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 1.5
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 1.5
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 1.5
V
V
Hz
%
24 DC
20.4 – 28.8 DC
115 – 230 V AC
98 – 264 AC
47 – 68
–
24 DC
20.4 – 28.8 DC
24 DC
20.4 – 28.8 DC
5
5
40
< 12 at 253 V AC
Approx. 9
400
10 for max. 1.3 ms
Approx. 7
Max. 500
10 for max. 1.3 ms
Approx. 7
10
1
1
Yes
10
1
1
Yes
10
1
1
Yes
10
1
1
Yes
Suconet K1/K
187.5/375
RS485
Through coding switch
231
Suconet K1/K
187.5/375
RS485
Through coding switch
231
Suconet K1/K
187.5/375
RS485
Through coding switch
231
PROFIBUS-DP
9.6 to 12000
RS485
Through coding switch
1126
125 (30 without
repeater)
8 or 10
2
8
16
16
mA
A
W
ms
s
kbit/s
5
Yes
100
3 for max. 5 ms
Approx. 5
Number
Digital inputs
Number
Outputs configurable as additional inputs
Status indication of inputs
EM4-201-DX2
Plug-in screw terminals
Networking
Bus
Data transfer rate
Interface
Addressing
Slave address
EM4 in loop
Rated operational voltage
Rated voltage
On 0 signal
On 1 signal
Rated current at state "1"
Delay time
for "0" to "1"
for "1" to "0"
Potential isolation
Potential isolation
between the inputs
of the 2 additional inputs
V AC
EM4-111-DR2
http://catalog.moeller.net
Number
Ue
Ue
Ue
V DC
V DC
V DC
24
24
5, limit value type 1
5, limit value type 1
15, limit value type 1
15, limit value type 1
Normally 6 mA at 24 V DC
24
5, limit value type 1
15, limit value type 1
24
5, limit value type 1
15, limit value type 1
ms
ms
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes (LED)
Yes (LED)
Yes (LED)
Yes (LED)
Technical Data
Bus modules
EM4
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Digital EM4
EM4-101-DD2
EM4-111-DR2
Digital outputs
Number
8 or 6 at 10 inputs
6 (Relay)
Contacts
Rated operational voltage
Rated voltage
Ue
Contact protection
Minimum load
Minimum load
at contact voltage
Utilization factor
Duty factor
Residual current at state "0"
Response time
Reset time
Lifespan, mechanical
Switching current (resistive load)
2 A/230 V AC
2 A/24 V DC
Switching current (inductive load)
1 A/230 V AC-11
1 A/24 V DC-11
Short-circuit protection
EM4-204-DX1
Make
Admissible range
Max. ripple
Protection against polarity reversal
Potential isolation
Potential isolation in groups
at contact current
Rated current
at state "1"
Lamp load
EM4-201-DX2
V
24 DC
V DC
%
20.4 – 28.8
F5
Yes
Yes
No
Compact PLC PS4
http://catalog.moeller.net
See switching current
Yes
2 isolated outputs, 4
outputs, each with 2
groups of 2
None
W
V
–
–
10
12
–
–
–
–
mA
–
> 100
–
–
Ie
RLL
A
W
0.5 A at 24 V DC
4 without series
resistor
g
%
% DF
mA
ms
ms
1
100
–
–
–
–
Operations
1
100
Max. 300
–
–
–
10
15
20000000
–
–
–
–
–
–
Operations
Operations
–
–
300000
900000
–
–
–
–
Operations
Operations
–
–
Yes, without manual
reset
300000
100000
No, external
protection of relay
contacts, max. 4 A
fast fuse required
–
–
–
–
Limitation of disconnect voltage with
inductive loads
Maximum operating frequency
With time constant L/R max. 72 ms
Ops./h
4000
–
–
–
With time constant L/R max. 15 ms
Ops./h
10000
–
–
–
Yes
–
Yes (LED)
–
Group C, 250 V AC to
VDE 0110
4
Yes (LED)
2800
–
–
–
–
Creepage and clearance distances
Insulation test voltage, contact/coil
Status indication of outputs
Rated insulation voltage
kV
Ui
V AC
4/129
4/130
Technical Data
Bus modules
EM4
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Analog EM4
EM4-101-AA2
EM4-101-TX1
EM4-101-TX2
IEC/EN 61131-2,
EN 50178
0…55
–25…70
Constant 1 g, f = 10 to 150 Hz
> 15
a Page 4/143
IP20
600
No
0.455
IEC/EN 61131-2,
EN 50178
0…55
–25…70
IEC/EN 61131-2,
EN 50178
0…55
–25…70
> 15
a Page 4/143
IP20
600
No
0.44
> 15
a Page 4/143
IP20
600
No
0.44
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
Screw terminals
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 2.5
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
Plug-in screw terminals
mm2
mm2
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 1.5
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 1.5
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 1.5
Ue
Ue
V DC
V DC
%
Ie
mA
A
W
24
20.4 – 28.8
5
Yes
150
5 for max. 5 ms
Approx. 3
24
20.4 – 28.8
5
Yes
150
5 for max. 5 ms
Approx. 3
24
20.4 – 28.8
5
Yes
150
5 for max. 5 ms
Approx. 3
10
1
1
Yes
10
1
1
Yes
10
1
1
Yes
Suconet K1/K
187.5/375
RS485
Through coding switch
231
Suconet K
187.5/375
RS485
Through coding switch
231
Suconet K
187.5/375
RS485
Through coding switch
231
Compact PLC PS4
General
Standards
Ambient temperature
Ambient temperature, storage
Vibration resistance
Mechanical shock resistance, shock duration 11 ms
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Protection type
Rated insulation voltage
Expandable (locally)
Weight
Power supply
Terminals
Terminal capacities
Solid
Flexible with ferrule
Inputs/outputs
Terminals
Terminal capacity
Solid
Flexible with ferrule
Power supply
Rated voltage
Admissible range
Residual ripple on the input voltage
Protection against polarity reversal
Rated current
Inrush current and duration
Heat dissipation (total for device)
Bridging of voltage dips
Duration of dip
Repetition rate
Protection class
Potential isolation between inputs and internal
power supply
Networking
Bus
Data transfer rate
Interface
Addressing
Slave address
http://catalog.moeller.net
°C
°C
g
g
Ui
V AC
kg
mm2
mm2
ms
s
kbit/s
Technical Data
Bus modules
EM4
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Analog EM4
EM4-101-AA2
Analog inputs
Number
Signal ranges
Potential isolation
Connection type of signal encoder
Resolution
Permissible potential difference
Between inputs
Between inputs and central earth point
Bit
EM4-101-TX1
8 (4V/4I)
2V
0–5V
0 – 10 V
0 – 10 V
g 5V
g 10 V
0 – 20 mA
Yes, inputs from earthing point, 24 V DC supply voltage, and bus, not inputs from each other (nor outputs
in the case of AA2/AA1)
Two-wire connection to transducer
8/12
12
Not permissible
See Rated insulation voltage
Input current
Range 0 to 20 mA
Permissible input voltage
Error indication on overrange
mA
V
30
max. g 15
Yes
–
+20 (destruction limit)
Total error
Cable length screened
%
m
Normally 0.4 of full scale
< 50 for cable cross-section f
0.14 mm2
Normally 0.5 of full scale
< 20
Input impedance
0 to 5 V
0 to 10 V
-5 to 5 V
-10 to 10 V
0 to 20 mA
kO
kO
kO
kO
O
> 100 kO per input
> 100 kO per input
> 100 kO per input
> 100 kO per input
50 O per input
Analog inputs
Quantity
Connection type
Temperature range
EM4-101-TX2
Deviation
Linearity factor
Reproducibility (with steady state at 25 °C)
Error indication
R0 to R5 short-circuit-proof
–
20 kO
6 temperature inputs for Pt 100/Ni
1000
3 or 4-wire connection
Pt 100: -100 to +300 °C Ni 1000: 50 to +150 °C
Pt 100: max. g 0.4 %; typically g
0.2 % Ni 1000: max. g 0.2 %;
typically g 0.1 %
Pt 100: max. g 0.15 % Ni 1000:
max. g 0.1 %
Pt 100: max. g 0.3 °C Ni 1000:
max. g 0.2 °C
Pt 100: max. g 0.3 °C Ni 1000:
max. g 0.2 °C
Detection of cable break and shortcircuit
°C
–
6 for thermocouple types J, K, L
J: 0 to 1200 °C K: 0 to 1300 °C L: 0
to 900 °C
Converter: max. 0.5 % of preset
final value Cold junction: max. 4 °C
max. 0.4 °C
Wire-break and overrange/
underrange detection
Yes
Analog outputs
Number
Signal ranges
4
0 – 10 V
g 10 V
Yes, of inputs from earthing
point 24 V DC supply and bus,
not between inputs and
outputs
Potential isolation
Resolution
Total error
Connection type
Short-circuit proof
Short-circuit current
Permissible potential difference between
earthing point and between outputs
Cable length, screened
Bit
%
m
Rated insulation voltage
O
mA
–
–
–
–
–
–
8/12
Normally 0.4 of full scale
Two-wire connection
Yes
32
See Rated insulation voltage
< 50 for cable cross-section f
0.14 mm2
2000
Compact PLC PS4
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/131
4/132
Technical Data
Interface converter
Compact PLC PS4
ZB4-...-UM...
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
http://catalog.moeller.net
ZB4-501-UM3
ZB4-501-UM4
0…55
–25…70
0.18
a Page 4/143
IP20
Top-hat rail mounting
V DC
0…55
–25…70
0.18
a Page 4/143
IP20
Top-hat rail mounting
9 V DC through PLC (PS4, except PS4-100/400)
Ue
V DC
V DC
%
–
–
–
Ie
mA
A
W
–
24
20.4…28.8
F5
Yes
100
1/ 5 ms
2.4
1
Yes
mm2
–
Plug-in screw terminals
1.5
Operating data
Quantity of modules
1 module per PS4 master PLC
14 modules per PS416/PS4 master PLC
Network address
Suconet K send data
Suconet K receive data
Message format
Max. no of user data bytes in frame
2, fixed
36 bytes (30 bytes user data)
36 bytes (30 bytes user data)
Transparent
250
2 to 15, adjustable
36 bytes (30 bytes user data)
36 bytes (30 bytes user data)
Transparent
250
2, with 5-pole DIN plug for connecting master
PLC (cable length 20 cm), with plug-in screw
terminal for connecting outgoing Suconet K bus
1, with plug-in screw terminal for connecting to
the Suconet K bus, adjustable bus terminating
resistors
General
Ambient temperature
Ambient temperature, storage
Weight
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Protection type
Mounting
Supply voltage
Power supply
Rated voltage
Admissible range
Residual ripple
Protection against polarity reversal
Rated current
Inrush current and duration
Heat dissipation
Protection class
Potential isolation between power supply and
interfaces
Terminals
Terminal capacity
°C
°C
kg
Byte
Interfaces
RS485
RS 232 C
Cable recommendation
RS485
Data transfer rate
Handshake lines
Potential isolation
–
–
1, with 9-pole SUB-D connector for the terminal device
kbit/s
Cable 2 x 0.5 mm2, shielded and twisted, for
fabrication of Suconet cables. The connecting
cable to the master control is part of the module
assembly.
0.6, 1.2, 2.4, 4.8, 9.6
RTS, CTS, DTR, DSR, DCD
No
Cable, 2 x 0.5 mm2, screened and twisted for
self-assembly of Suconet cables.
0.6, 1.2, 2.4, 4.8, 9.6
RTS, CTS, DTR, DSR, DCD
No
Technical Data
Telecontrol modules
ZB4-501-TC1
ZB4-501-TC2
0…55
–25…70
0.18
IP20
Mounting on top-hat rail
V DC
0…55
–25…70
0.18
IP20
Mounting on top-hat rail
9 V DC through PLC (PS4, except PS4-100/400)
Ue
V DC
V DC
%
–
–
–
Ie
mA
A
W
–
24
20.4…28.8
F5
Yes
100
1/5 ms
2.4
1
Yes
mm2
–
Plug-in screw terminals
1.5
1 module per PS4 master PLC
14 modules per PS416/PS4 master PLC
2, fixed
36 bytes (30 bytes user data)
36 bytes (30 bytes user data)
FT 1.2, FT 3 asynchronous (IEC/EN 60870-5)
220
2 to 15, adjustable
36 bytes (30 bytes user data)
36 bytes (30 bytes user data)
FT 1.2, FT 3 asynchronous (IEC/EN 60870-5)
220
2, with 5-pole DIN plug for connecting master
PLC (cable length 20 cm), with plug-in screw
terminal for connecting outgoing Suconet K bus
1, with plug-in screw terminal for connecting to
the Suconet K bus
1, with 9-pole SUB-D connector for the modem
connection
1, with 9-pole SUB-D connector for the modem
connection
Cable 2 x 0.5 mm2, shielded and twisted, for
fabrication of Suconet cables. The connecting
cable to the master control is part of the
telecontrol module.
Cable 2 x 0.5 mm2, shielded and twisted, for
fabrication of Suconet cables.
Shielded modem cable ZB4-254-KB1, Cable
length max. 2 m
0.6, 1.2, 2.4, 4.8, 9.6, 19.2
RTS, CTS, DTR, DSR, DCD
No
Shielded modem cable ZB4-254-KB1, Cable
length max. 2 m
0.6, 1.2, 2.4, 4.8, 9.6, 19.2
RTS, CTS, DTR, DSR, DCD
No
General
Ambient temperature
Ambient temperature, storage
Weight
Protection type
Mounting
Supply voltage
Power supply
Rated voltage
Admissible range
Residual ripple
Protection against polarity reversal
Rated current
Inrush current and duration
Heat dissipation
Protection class
Potential isolation between power supply and
interfaces
Terminals
Terminal capacity
°C
°C
kg
Operating data
Quantity of modules
Network address
Suconet K send data
Suconet K receive data
Data transfer protocols
Max. no of user data bytes in the telecontrol
frame
Byte
Interfaces
RS485
RS 232 C
Cable recommendation
RS485
RS 232 C
Data transfer rate
Handshake lines
Potential isolation
ZB4-...-TC...
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
kbit/s
–
–
Compact PLC PS4
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/133
Technical Data
Local expansion modules
Technical Data
Local expansion modules
LE4
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Digital LE4
Compact PLC PS4
General
Standards
Ambient temperature
Ambient temperature, storage
Vibration resistance
Mechanical shock resistance, shock
duration 11 ms
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Rated insulation voltage
Terminals
Terminal capacities
Solid
Flexible with ferrule
Protection type
Weight
Protection class
Overvoltage category
Power supply
Rated voltage
Admissible range
Residual ripple
Potential isolation
Digital inputs
Quantity
Rated operational voltage
Rated voltage
On 0 signal
On 1 signal
Rated current
At state “1”
Delay time
for "0" to "1"
for "1" to "0"
Potential isolation
between the inputs
Status indication of inputs
Permissible voltage ranges
Different phases at adjacent inputs
°C
°C
g
g
Ui
V AC
mm2
mm2
kg
Ue
V DC
V DC
%
http://catalog.moeller.net
http://catalog.moeller.net
LE4
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
LE4-116-DD1
LE4-116-DX1
LE4-116-XD1
LE4-108-XD1
LE4-108-XR1
LE4-308-HX1
LE4-308-XH1
IEC/EN 61131-2
EN 50178
0…55
–25…70
Constant 1 g/f= 10 to 150 Hz
> 15
IEC/EN 61131-2
EN 50178
0…55
–25…70
IEC/EN 61131-2
EN 50178
0…55
–25…70
IEC/EN 61131-2
EN 50178
0…55
–25…70
IEC/EN 61131-2
EN 50178
0…55
–25…70
IEC/EN 61131-2
EN 50178
0…55
–25…70
> 15
> 15
IEC/EN 61131-2
EN 50178
0…55
–25…70
Constant 1 g/f= 10 to 150 Hz
> 15
> 15
> 15
> 15
a Page 4/143
–
Plug-in screw terminals
a Page 4/143
–
a Page 4/143
–
a Page 4/143
–
Plug-in screw terminals
a Page 4/143
1800
a Page 4/143
1800
a Page 4/143
1800
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 1.5
IP20
0.265
1
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 1.5
IP20
0.23
1
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 1.5
IP20
0.275
1
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 1.5
IP20
0.275
1
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 1.5
IP20
0.305
1
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 1.5
IP20
0.25
1
II, basic insulation
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 1.5
IP20
0.275
1
II, basic insulation
24
20.428.8
F5
Yes
24
20.428.8
F5
Yes
24
20.428.8
F5
Yes
–
–
–
24
20.428.8
F5
Yes
–
–
–
–
–
–
8
16
–
–
–
8
–
Ue
Ue
Ue
V
V
V
24 DC
5 V DC, limit value type 1
15 V DC, limit value type 1
24 DC
5 V DC, limit value type 1
15 V DC, limit value type 1
120/240 AC
40 V AC, limit value type 1
79 V AC, limit value type 1
Ie
mA
Normally 6 at 24 V DC
Normally 6 at 24 V DC
Normally 6 at 120 V AC/50 Hz; normally
12 at 240 V AC/50 Hz
ms
ms
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
No
No
No
LED
LED
LED
120 V AC at 47 – 63 Hz
240 V AC at 47 – 63 Hz
Not permissible
–
–
–
–
–
–
4/135
10
30
–
–
Compact PLC PS4
4/134
Technical Data
Local expansion modules
Technical Data
Local expansion modules
LE4
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Compact PLC PS4
Digital LE4
Digital outputs
Quantity
Power supply
Rated voltage
Admissible range
Max. ripple
Protection against polarity reversal
Ue
1 A/230 V AC-11
1 A/24 V DC-11
Short-circuit protection
http://catalog.moeller.net
LE4
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
LE4-116-DD1
LE4-116-DX1
LE4-116-XD1
LE4-108-XD1
LE4-108-XR1
LE4-308-HX1
LE4-308-XH1
8
–
16
8
8
–
8
24 DC
20.4 – 28.8 DC
5%
Yes
24 DC
24 V DC/230 V AC
20.4 – 28.8 DC
130
In 2 groups of 8 outputs each
160
No
–
Yes
V
V
%
24 DC
20.4 – 28.8 DC
5%
Yes
mA
100
Yes
A
%
% DF
ms
ms
Operations
0.5 at 24 V DC
1
100
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
0.5 at 24 V DC
1
100
–
–
–
2 A at 24 V DC
1
100
–
–
–
1 (2 A at 24 V DC/230 V AC
1
100
10
15
20000000
–
–
–
–
–
0.5
1
100
–
–
–
Operations
Operations
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
800000
2000000
–
–
–
–
Operations
Operations
–
–
Yes, without manual reset
–
–
–
–
Yes, without manual reset
–
–
Yes, without manual reset
1000000
300000
No, external protection of relay
contacts, max. 4 A fast fuse required
–
–
–
–
No, external protection through fuse,
0.63 A slow fuse required.
Yes
Yes
Max. supply current
Potential isolation
Rated current
at state "1"
Utilization factor
Duty factor
Response time
Reset time
Lifespan, mechanical
Switching current (resistive load)
2 A/230 V AC
2 A/24 V DC
Switching current (inductive load)
http://catalog.moeller.net
Ie
g
–
Yes
Limitation of disconnect voltage with inductive loads
240 AC
5%
Yes
–
–
Yes, between outputs 0 to 3 and outputs
4 to 7 and between outputs and bus
Maximum operating frequency
With time constant L/R max. 15 ms
Ops./h
–
–
10000
–
–
–
–
With time constant L/R max. 60 ms
Ops./h
–
–
–
2500
–
–
–
With time constant L/R max. 72 ms
Ops./h
4000
–
3000
–
–
–
–
Ops./h
–
–
–
360
–
–
–
–
–
LED
47 – 63
10
With time constant L/R max. 300
ms
Creepage and clearance distances
Insulation group
Insulation test voltage, contact/coil
Status indication of outputs
Frequency range
Min. load current
4/137
8 mm
kV
Ie
Residual current
Make/break delay
Making and breaking capacity to IEC/EN 60947-5-1
–
–
–
LED
–
–
–
LED
–
–
Group C, 250 V AC to VDE 0110
4
LED
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Hz
mA
–
LED
–
–
mA
–
–
–
–
Normally 2
Normally 1/2 line period
AC-15 normal conditions
Compact PLC PS4
4/136
4/138
Technical Data
Local expansion modules
LE4-…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Analog LE4
Compact PLC PS4
General
Standards
Ambient temperature
Ambient temperature, storage
Vibration resistance
Mechanical shock resistance, shock duration 11
ms
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Terminals
Terminal capacities
Solid
Flexible with ferrule
Rated insulation voltage
Protection type
Weight
Protection class
Configuration
Analog inputs
Number
Input ranges
Potential isolation
Connection type of signal encoder
Resolution
°C
°C
g
g
Ui
mm2
mm2
V AC
kg
Bit
Permissible potential difference
Between inputs and central earth point
Permissible input voltage
Error indication on overrange
V
%
m
Input impedance
Analog outputs
Number
Output range
Potential isolation
Load impedance per output
Connection type
Resolution
Short-circuit proof
Short-circuit current
Permissible potential difference between
earthing point and between outputs
Total error
Cable length screened
LE4-206-AA1
LE4-206-AA2
IEC/EN 61131-2
EN 50178
0…55
–25…70
Constant 1 g/f= 10 to 150 Hz
> 15
IEC/EN 61131-2
EN 50178
0…55
–25…70
Constant 1 g/f= 10 to 150 Hz
> 15
a Page 4/143
Plug-in screw terminals
a Page 4/143
Plug-in screw terminals
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 1.5
600
IP20
0.265
1
Max. 2 LE in conjunction with PS 4-2xx-MM1,
PS 4-341-MM1 or EM 4-204-DX1
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 1.5
600
IP20
0.3
1
Max. 2 LE in conjunction with PS 4-2xx-MM1,
PS 4-341-MM1 or EM 4-204-DX1
4
4
g 10 V
0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA
Yes, between inputs and bus, not between inputs and outputs
Two-wire connection to transducer
Possible setting; 12-bit (4096 units)/10-bit
12-bit (4096 units)
(1024 units)
See Rated insulation voltage
Error indication on open-circuit detection
Total error
Cable length screened
http://catalog.moeller.net
O
Bit
mA
%
m
max. g 15
Yes
Yes
No
Yes, at 4 to 20 mA
Typically 0.8 % of full scale
< 50 for cable cross-section f 0.14 mm2
Normally 0.4 % of full-scale (0 to 55 °C)
40 per input
0.05 per input
2
2
g 10 V
0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA
Yes, between outputs and bus, not between inputs and outputs
2000
500
Two-wire connection
Possible setting; 12-bit (4096 units)/10-bit
12-bit (4096 units)
(1024 units)
Yes
32
See Rated insulation voltage
600 V AC
Typically 0.8 % of full scale
< 50 for cable cross-section f 0.14 mm2
Normally 0.4 % of full-scale (0 to 55 °C)
Technical Data
Local expansion modules
LE4-…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Counter LE4
LE4-622-CX1
General
Standards
Ambient temperature
Ambient temperature, storage
Vibration resistance
Mechanical shock resistance, shock duration 11
ms
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Terminals
Terminal capacities
Solid
Flexible with ferrule
Rated insulation voltage
Protection type
Weight
Protection class
Configuration
°C
°C
g
g
IEC/EN 61131-2
EN 50178
0…55
–25…70
Constant 1 g/f= 10 to 150 Hz
> 15
a Page 4/143
Plug-in screw terminals
Ui
mm2
mm2
V AC
kg
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 1.5
600
IP20
0.27
1
Max. 2 LEs in conjunction with PS 4-201-MM1 or PS 4-341-MM1
Counter signals
Phase shift deviation (mode 1+2; 5 V and 24 V
incremental encoder)
Minimum pulse width
%
max. g50
ms
16
(Mode 3; 24 V incremental encoder)
Counting inputs 5 V
Level
Differential input voltage
V
Input current
mA
Max. counter frequency
Pulse quadrature
90° offset signals
Antivalent signals
Counter range
Potential isolation
kHz
Counter inputs 24 V
Input voltage
Input current
Max. counter frequency
Pulse quadrature
90° offset signals
Counter range
Potential isolation
Notes
Bit
Hz
Bit
To RS 422
Umax= 5.25
Umin = 2
Imax = 20 at U < 5.25 V
Imin = 2.5 at U > 2 V
<300
Yes
Yes
Yes
24
Yes
Umax = 30 V, Umin = 18 V
Imin = 2.5 mA at U = 18 V
30000
Yes (for incremental encoder)
Yes (for incremental encoder)
24
Yes
For 5 V and 24 V encoders, always use screened cables. Observe the notes from the encoder
manufacturers.
Compact PLC PS4
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/139
4/140
Technical Data
Local expansion modules
LE4-…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Counter LE4
LE4-633-CX1
Compact PLC PS4
General
Standards
Ambient temperature
Ambient temperature, storage
Vibration resistance
Mechanical shock resistance, shock duration
11 ms
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Protection type
Humidity class
Rated insulation voltage
Weight
Terminals
Terminal capacities
Solid
Flexible with ferrule
Transducer power supply
Data cable to encoder
°C
°C
g
g
Ui
V AC
kg
mm2
mm2
Number of SSI interfaces
Data code
Data format
Potential isolation
Between LE bus and SSI interfaces
Between SSI interfaces
Clock output for SSI interface
SSI interface data input
Detection of wire break
Data transfer rate
Max. cable length to absolute encoder
Current consumption
http://catalog.moeller.net
IEC/EN 61131-2
EN 50178
0…55
–25…70
Constant 1 g/f= 10 to 150 Hz
> 15
a Page 4/143
IP20
RH 1
600
0.27
Plug-in screw terminals
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 1.5
Separate through ZB 4-122-KL1 twin-level terminal block
According to encoder manufacturer specifications (normally: screened cable)
3
Gray or binary (suitable conversion required in PS 4)
Multi-turn 25-bit (single-turn 13-bit or multi-turn 21-bit must be evaluated accordingly)
kHz
mA
Yes
No
RS 422 isolated, T+, T–
RS 422 isolated, D+, DYes (RS422, only data input D+, D-)
125 or 250 for all 3 SSI interfaces
Depends on the transfer rate of the absolute encoder and is specified by the manufacturer in the
technical data of the encoder. With the following limit: baud rate/cable length:
250 kHz/<150 m 125 kHz/< 350 m
Max. 180 mA
Normally 150 mA
Technical Data
Local expansion modules
Network modules
Suconet K LE4-501-BS1
General
Standards
Ambient temperature
Ambient temperature, storage
Vibration resistance
Mechanical shock resistance, shock duration 11
ms
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Terminals
Terminal capacities
Solid
Flexible with ferrule
Protection type
Weight
Protection class
Operating data
Configuration
Function
Bus protocol
Interface
Potential isolation
Bus terminating resistors
Bus diagnostics
Master mode
Stations
Send and receive data
Mode slave
Addresses
Send and receive data
Mode slave
LE4-…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
°C
°C
g
g
IEC/EN 61131-2
EN 50 178
0…55
–25…70
Constant 1 g/f= 10 to 150 Hz
> 15
a Page 4/143
Plug-in screw terminals
mm2
mm2
kg
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 1.5
IP20
0.25
1
Max. 2 LE in conjunction with PS4-2xx-MM1, PS4-341-MM1
Suconet K interface master/slave
Suconet K1/K
RS485
Yes, for internal supply voltage
Can be switched on/off
LED
Number
8
128 max.
2 to 31 can be set with software
78 max.
Compact PLC PS4
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/141
4/142
Technical Data
Local expansion modules
LE4-…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Network modules
Compact PLC PS4
General
Standards
Ambient temperature
Ambient temperature, storage
Vibration resistance
Mechanical shock resistance, shock duration 11
ms
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Terminals
Terminal capacities
Solid
Flexible with ferrule
Rated insulation voltage
Protection type
Weight
Protection class
Power supply
Current consumption
Heat dissipation
°C
°C
g
g
Ui
mm2
mm2
V DC
kg
mA
W
Operating data
Configuration
Function
Bus protocol
Interface
Potential isolation
Bus terminating resistors
Bus diagnostics
Master mode
Stations
Send and receive data
Mode slave
Addresses
Send and receive data
Bus addresses
Data transfer rate
Max. bus length
Cable
PROFIBUS DP LE4-504-BS1
PROFIBUS DP LE4-504-BT1
IEC/EN 61131-2
EN 50 178
0…55
–25…70
Constant 1 g/f= 10 to 150 Hz
> 15
IEC/EN 61131-2
EN 50 178
0…55
–25…70
Constant 1 g/f= 10 to 150 Hz
> 15
a Page 4/143
9-pin SUB-D bus connector
a Page 4/143
9-pin SUB-D bus connector
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 1.5
850
IP20
0.3
1
0.22 – 2.5
0.22 – 1.5
850
IP20
0.3
1
Max. 800 (internal LE bus/5 V DC)
4
Max. 500 (internal LE bus/5 V DC)
2.5
1 LE in conjunction with PS4-341-MM1
Max. 1 LE in conjunction with PS4-201-MM1,
PS4-271-MM1, PS4-341-MM1
PROFIBUS-DP interface, slave
PROFIBUS-DP, EN 50 170 Vol 2
RS485
Yes, for internal supply voltage
Can be switched on/off
LED
PROFIBUS-DP interface, master (Class 1)
PROFIBUS-DP, EN 50 170 Vol 2
RS485
Yes, for internal supply voltage
Can be switched on/off
LED and software
Number
MBits/s
m
http://catalog.moeller.net
124 (30 without repeater)
3.5 kBytes each for I and Q
12
1200 (depending on data transfer rate)
0 to 125, adjustable through software
244I/244Q, 400 total max.
0 to 126
12
1200 (depending on data transfer rate)
PROFIBUS-DP twisted-pair cable ZB4-900-KB1
PROFIBUS-DP twisted-pair cable ZB4-900-KB1
Technical Data
VDE 0660/EMC
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/143
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Verification of the rated switching and disconnecting capability
Conditions for switch-on and switch-off according to utilization categories
Utilization category
Alternating current
AC-11
Direct current
DC -11
Normale utilization category
Switch on
I/Ie
U/Ue
cos v
Switch off
Ic/Ie
Ur/Ue
cos v
10
I/Ie
1
1
U/Ue
1
0.71)
t0,95
6 x P2)
1
I/Ie
1
1
Ur/Ue
1
0.41)
t0,95
6 x P2)
Compact PLC PS4
Current type
1)The power factors that are quoted (cos v) are conventional values, and apply to
circuits that simulate the electrical characteristics of inductive circuits. For circuits
with a p.f. (cos v) = 0.4 (normal conditions of usage), parallel resistors are applied
(see Figs. 1 and 2), to simulate the damping effect of the eddy-current losses of the
actual electromagnets.
2)The
value “6 x P” is derived from an empirical relationship that corresponds to
most DC magnet loads up to the upper limit of P = 50 W, whereby 6 [ms]/[W] = 300
[ms]. This requires that no individual loads occur that have a
rated power greater than 50 W, and that, for higher power ratings, the load is composed of several smaller loads connected in parallel. For this reason, 300 ms represents an upper limit.
I
Ic
Ie
U
Ue
Ur
t0,95
P = U e x Ie
Inrush current
Switch-off current
Rated operating current
Voltage before switch-on
Rated circuit operation
Repeated voltage
Time (in milliseconds) taken to reach 95 % of the stationary
current value
Rated power, in watts
General information on electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) of automation systems
Emitted interference
EN 55011/22 Class A (VDE 0875, Part 11)
Noise immunity
ESD
IEC/EN 60947-4-2
contact discharge
air discharge
RFI
IEC/EN 61000-4-3
AM (80 %)
Mobile phone
IEC/EN 61000-4-3
PM
Burst
IEC/EN 60947-4-4
Mains/Digital I/O (direct)
Analog I/O, Field bus (capacitive coupling)
Surge
IEC/EN 61000-4-5
Digital I/O, asymmetrical
Analog I/O, unsymmetrical, coupling on the screen
Supply DC, asymmetrical
Supply DC, symmetrical
Supply AC, asymmetrical
Supply AC, symmetrical
Cable dependant interference,
IEC/EN 61000-4-6;
AM (80 %)
induced by high frequency fields
2003
80 – 1000 MHz
800 – 960 MHz
150 kHz – 80 MHz
4 kV
8 kV
10 V/m
10 V/m
2 kV
1 kV
0.5 kV
1 kV
1 kV
0.5 kV
2 kV
1 kV
3V
4/144
Technical Data
Central unit
PS416-CPU-…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Modular PLC PS416
CPU card
General
Standards
Ambient temperature
Ambient temperature, storage
Weight
Space requirement
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Current consumption
Supply voltage
Heat dissipation
Memory
Free main memory
For operating system
Flash memory card -EEPROM
Memory card SRAM
Backup time
PRG interface (RS 232C/RS 485)
Data transfer rate
Cable length RS 485
Cable length RS 232C
Station RS 485
Station RS 232C
Connection technique
°C
°C
kg
A
V DC
W
kByte
MByte
MByte
kbit/s
m
m
Number
Number
PS416-CPU-200
PS416-CPU-300
PS416-CPU-400
EN 61131-2, EN 50178
0…55
–25…70
0.38
8 space units = 2 slots
EN 61131-2, EN 50178
0…55
–25…70
0.38
8 space units = 2 slots
EN 61131-2, EN 50178
0…55
–25…70
0.38
8 space units = 2 slots
a Page 4/143
1.5
5
7.5
a Page 4/143
1.5
5
7.5
a Page 4/143
1.5
5
7.5
256
permanently reserved
0.512/1/2/4
0.512/1/2/4
At least 1 year
512
permanently reserved
0.512/1/2/4
0.512/1/2/4
At least 0.5 year
1000
permanently reserved
0.512/1/2/4
0.512/1/2/4
At least 0.5 year
max. 2.4
max. 4.8
max. 9.6
max. 19.2
max. 38.4
max. 57.6
600
10
30
F1
SUB-D 9-pole, socket
max. 2.4
max. 4.8
max. 9.6
max. 19.2
max. 38.4
max. 57.6
600
10
30
F1
SUB-D 9-pole, socket
max. 2.4
max. 4.8
max. 9.6
max. 19.2
max. 38.4
max. 57.6
600
10
30
F1
SUB-D 9-pole, socket
SUB-D 9-pole, socket
SUB-D 9-pole, socket
187.5
375
600
300
30
SUB-D 9-pole, socket
187.5
375
600
300
30
SUB-D 9-pole, socket
0.3
0.6
1.2
2.4
4.8
9.6
19.2
1200
1
0.3
0.6
1.2
2.4
4.8
9.6
19.2
1200
1
SBI interface RS 485
Connection technique
Suconet K mode
Data transfer rate
Cable length with 187.5 kBit/s
Cable length at 375 Kbit/s
Stations
Connection technique
Transparent mode
Data transfer rate
Cable lengths
Stations
kbit/s
–
m
m
Number
–
–
–
kbit/s
–
m
Number
–
–
Racks
General
Weight
Current consumption (of rack)
Heat dissipation
kg
A
W
http://catalog.moeller.net
PS416-BGT-400
PS416-BGT-410
PS416-BGT-420
PS416-BGT-421
1.7
0.5
2.5
2.3
0.5
2.5
3.05
0.5
2.5
3.05
0.5
2.5
Technical Data
Power supply units, digital input cards
PS416-POW-…, PS416-INP-…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Power supply card
General
Standards
Ambient temperature
Ambient temperature, storage
Weight
Space requirement
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Protection class
Humidity class
Idle proof
Test voltage
Mains overvoltage protection
Rated voltage
Rated frequency
Rated current
Inrush current
Output current
Efficiency
Active power factor
Switching frequency
Mains failure bridging
Repetition rate
Vibration resistance 10 – 150 Hz
Mechanical shock resistance, shock duration 11 ms
Insulation test
°C
°C
kg
kV
Ue
Ie
Ui
V
Hz
A
A
A
%
kHz
ms
s
g
g
V AC
PS416-POW-400
PS416-POW-410
PS416-POW-420
EN 61131-2, EN 50178
0…55
–25…70
0.74
8 space units = 2 slots
EN 61131-2, EN 50178
0…55
–25…70
0.74
8 space units = 2 slots
EN 61131-2, EN 50178
0…55
–25…70
0.74
8 space units = 2 slots
a Page 4/143
1
RH 1
Yes
2.5
Yes
230 V AC
47440
Max. 0.5
up to 50 (2 ms)
1.5 – 8
75
0.8
66
10
1
1
> 15
1800
a Page 4/143
1
RH 1
Yes
0.85
Yes
24 V DC
3
up to 45 (2 ms)
1.5 – 10
75
1
70
10
1
1
> 15
a Page 4/143
1
RH 1
Yes
2.5
Yes
115 V AC
47440
1
up to 50 (2 ms)
1.5 – 8
75
0.8
66
10
1
1
> 15
PS416-INP-400
PS416-INP-401
EN 61131-2, EN 50178
0…55
–25…70
0.15
4 space units = 1 slot
EN 61131-2, EN 50178
0…55
–25…70
0.15
4 space units = 1 slot
mA
a Page 4/143
RH 1
16
Yes
Plug-in screw terminal
1.5
LED
Normally 30
a Page 4/143
RH 1
16
Yes
Plug-in screw terminal
1.5
LED
Normally 30
W
W
V DC
mA
kO
0.15
5.8
24
8.6 g 0.5
2.8
0.15
5.8
24
8.6 g 0.5
2.8
V
V
-3 – 5
15 – 30.2
-3 – 5
15 – 30.2
mA
mA
0 – 0.6
2.5 – 12
Normally 3.0/3.0 (ms)
1
100
0 – 0.6
2.5 – 12
Normally 0.2/0.3 (ms)
1
100
Digital input card
General
Standards
Ambient temperature
Ambient temperature, storage
Weight
Space requirement
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Humidity class
Digital inputs, 24 V DC
Potential isolation between inputs and 5 V logic bus
Connection technique
Terminal capacity
Indicating elements
Current consumption 5 V bus
Power loss
Internal 5 V bus
External 16 x input
Rated voltage
Rated current
Input impedance
Voltage range at Ue
“0” signal
“1” signal
Current range at Ie
“0” signal
“1” signal
Make/break delay
Utilization factor
Duty factor
°C
°C
kg
Number
mm2
Ue
Ie
g
%
% DF
Modular PLC PS416
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/145
4/146
Technical Data
Digital output cards
PS416-OUT…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Modular PLC PS416
Digital output card
General
Standards
Ambient temperature
Ambient temperature, storage
Weight
Space requirement
Outputs
Number
Rated current
per output at Ue = 24 V
Isolation between output and 5 V logic bus
Terminals
Terminal capacity
Indication elements
Short-circuit trip
PS416-OUT-400
PS416-OUT-410
EN 61131-2, EN 50178
0…55
–25…70
0.15
4 space units = 1 slot
EN 61131-2, EN 50178
0…55
–25…70
0.15
4 space units = 1 slot
a Page 4/143
RH 1
5 internal through bus
24
+20 %/-15 %
F5
Yes
a Page 4/143
RH 1
5 internal through bus
24
+20 %/-15 %
F5
Yes
mA
mA
Normally 150
Normally 230
Normally 85
Normally 70
W
W
Approx. 0.74
Approx. 5.6
Approx. 0.425
Approx. 4.5
16
8
0.5
Yes
Plug-in screw terminal
1.5
LED
2
Yes
Plug-in screw terminal
1.5
LED
With manual reset
°C
°C
kg
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Humidity class
Card power supply
External output voltage supply
Tolerance
Residual ripple
Protection against polarity reversal
Current consumption
Logic 5 V bus
External 24 V (no-load)
Power loss
Logic 5 V bus
External 24 V
V DC
V DC
%
Ie
http://catalog.moeller.net
A
mm2
Short-circuit trip, control mode 1
With manual reset
Short-circuit trip, control mode 2
Parallel connection of outputs per card (per group)
Indication of monitoring activity
LED
ZAA
Residual current on “Off” signal
Signal range at Ue
“Off” signal
"On" signal
Rated current
per output at Ue = 24 V
per output at Umax
Delay time
On 0 V r 24 V
Off 24 V r 0 V
Utilization factor
Duty factor
Monitoring
Short-circuit
With automatic reset
Max. 4
No
Yes
Low active
300
Yes
Low active
400
V
2.5
= rated voltage
2
= rated voltage
A
A
0.5
0.6
2
2.4
ms
ms
%
% DF
60
100
1
100
60
700
1
100
Yes
Yes, with manual reset
Yes
Yes
To DC-13
To DC-13
Thermal
Overload
Operating frequency at inductive load
mA
Ie
Ie
g
Technical Data
Analog input/output cards
PS416-AI…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Analog input/output card
General
Standards
Ambient temperature
Ambient temperature, storage
Weight
Space requirement
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Protection class
Protection type
Cards per BGT
Power supply for PS416 bus
External power supply
Analog I/O to PS416 bus
°C
°C
kg
Number
V DC
V AC
Inputs/outputs
Potential isolation
PS416-AIN-400
PS416-AIO-400
EN 61131-2, EN 50178
0…55
–25…70
0.2
4 space units = 1 slot
EN 61131-2, EN 50178
0…55
–25…70
0.2
4 space units = 1 slot
a Page 4/143
1
IP20
Max. 8/11 (limited by power supply
unit)
5/max. 700 mA
Not applicable
600
a Page 4/143
1
IP20
Max. 6/8 (limited by power supply
unit)
5/max. 1 A
Not applicable
600
to PS416 internal bus
to PS416 internal bus
4
4
Input channels
Output channels
Input voltage range
Channel 0 – 3
Qty.
Qty.
8
–
V
Channel 4 – 7
Input/output voltage range
V
V
g5
0–5
g 10
0 – 10
0…1
Voltage range setting
Channel 0 – 3
Channel 4 – 7
All channels
Input range current
mA
Input/output current ranges:
mA
Current range setting
Current/voltage selection per channel
Input channel measuring principle
Resolution
g10 V, 0 – 10 V
g 5 V, 0 – 5 V
0…1V
0 … 20 mA
4 … 20 mA
Outputs short-circuit/overload proof
Accuracy
Differential non-linearity 0 – 55 °C
Total error, voltage and current outputs (0 – 55 °C)
Deviation due to EMC interference
Conversion time
Inputs (8/12-bit)
Outputs (12-bit)
Load on voltage outputs
Load on current outputs
Input impedance, voltage inputs
Input impedance, current inputs
Data output
Scan time/averaging
Notes
g5
0–5
g 10
0 – 10
Via software from PLC
Fixed 0 – 1 V
Via software from PLC
0 … 20
4 … 20
Via software from PLC
Via selector switch
Successive approximation
0 … 20
4 … 20
Via software from PLC
Via selector switch, wiring
Successive approximation
Bit
Bit
12
12
Bit
Bit
Bit
12
12
11
LSB
%
%
< 1 (all ranges)
Normally 0.4
Max. 10 (interference class 3)
< 1 (all ranges)
Normally 0.4
Max. 10 (interference class 3)
ms
ms
kO
O
1.6 – 14
–
–
–
> 100 kO, 56 pF
50
With image register
Adjustable through S 40 Topology
Configurator
1.6 – 7.6
1.6 – 2.8
2
f 560
> 100 kO, 56 pF
50
With image register
Adjustable through S 40 Topology
Configurator
O
12
11 (outputs)
12 (inputs)
–
12
11
Yes
All error specifications are in relation to the respective range.
Modular PLC PS416
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/147
4/148
Technical Data
Digital counter card
PS416-CNT…, CM…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Modular PLC PS416
Digital counter card
PS416-CNT-200
General
Standards
Ambient temperature
Ambient temperature, storage
Weight
Space requirement
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Card power supply
Power consumption (bus end)
Power consumption (external)
Voltage range
Residual ripple
Heat dissipation with full complement of modules fitted
°C
°C
kg
Uss
V DC
mA
mA
V DC
V
W
EN 61131-2, EN 50178
0…55
–25…70
0.35
8 space units = 2 slots
a Page 4/143
5 internal through bus
Normally 350 (24 V DC external)
250
18 – 30
1.3
8
1.6 A slow-blow/250 V
Short-circuit protection
Inputs
Transducer power supply
Current consumption of encoders
At 24 V DC
At 5 V DC
Counters per card
Counter frequency
Potential isolation
Rated insulation voltage
Power supply to rack
Counter inputs to PS416 bus
Cable connection
Max. permissible cable length, single-core from encoder to
the module input
V DC
24/5 g 1 % through card
mA
mA
Number
kHz
250
100
F depending on the modules fitted
0 – 50
Yes, between input modules and PS416 bus
V AC
V AC
1500
600
m
< 10 m on external interference (screened)
> 10 m for the following installation conditions (see note):
Cables made up from twisted pairs, common shielding, max. cross-section for connection 0.5 mm2.
The max. possible cable length is determined by the signal levels that are required. The spacing between
signal cables and power cables must be as large as feasible. The requirements and specifications of the
manufacturers of the signal devices must be observed.
Notes
Modules
Inputs pulse form to DIN 19240
Max. input voltage
Min. input voltage
Input current normally
1 signal detection
0 signal detection
Space requirement per module
http://catalog.moeller.net
V DC
V DC
mA
V
V
Reverse counter modules
CM61.1
CM61.2
Up/down counter module
CM62.1
CM62.2
Square, triangular, sinusoidal
Square, triangular, sinusoidal
Two pulse sequences, offset by 90°
30
5
3
1
1.6
0.33
15
2
5
1
2 sockets on the card
30
3
1.6
15
5
1 socket on the card
5
1
0.33
2
1
Technical Data
PROFIBUS-FMS card, Suconet-K card
PS416-NET…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
PROFIBUS FMS card
General
Standards
Ambient temperature
Ambient temperature, storage
Weight
Space requirement
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Card power supply
Current consumption
Heat dissipation
PS416-NET-230
°C
°C
kg
V DC
A
W
Interfaces
Number
Communication links
Data transfer rate
Number
kbit/s
Data transfer rate for modem operation
kBit/s
Distance (dependent on baud rate)
Without repeater
With double core cross-section
m
m
EN 61131-2, EN 50178
0…55
–25…70
0.31
8 space units = 2 slots
a Page 4/143
5, internal through bus
Max. 1.4; normally 1.0
5
1 ( RS485)
40
max. 9.6
max. 19.2
max. 93.75
max. 187.5
max. 500
1.2
2.4
4.8
200 – 1200
400 – 2400
Programming
PROFIBUS function modules
Any number
Suconet K card
PS416-NET-400
General
Standards
Ambient temperature
Ambient temperature, storage
Weight
Space requirement
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Card power supply
Current consumption
Heat dissipation
V DC
A
W
EN 61131-2, EN 50178
0…55
–25…70
0.16
4 space units = 1 slot
a Page 4/143
5, internal through bus
1
5
Number
1 ( RS485)
187.5 Kbit/s, max. 600 m
375 Kbit/s, max. 300 m
max. 30
Byte
Byte
120
120
°C
°C
kg
Interfaces
Number
Data transfer rate/distance
Stations
Data lengths
Send
Receive
Modular PLC PS416
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/149
4/150
Technical Data
PROFIBUS-DP cards
PS416-NET…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Modular PLC PS416
PROFIBUS-DP card
General
Standards
Ambient temperature
Ambient temperature, storage
Weight
Space requirement
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Vibration resistance
Mechanical shock resistance, shock duration 11 ms
Rated insulation voltage
Protection type
Supply voltage
Current consumption
Heat dissipation
PROFIBUS-DP interface (RS 485) to EN 50170
Data transfer rate
Cable length
Data transfer rate
Cable length
Station type
Potential isolation
Status indication
°C
°C
kg
Ui
g
g
V DC
V DC
A
W
kbit/s
m
MBit/s
m
Operating data
Bus protocol
Interface
Bus diagnostics
Mode slave
Addresses
Send and receive data
Max. bus length
Cable
m
http://catalog.moeller.net
PS416-NET-440
PS416-NET-441
EN 61131-2, EN 50178
0…55
–25…70
0.21
8 space units = 2 slots
a Page 4/143
constant, 1g/f = 10 to 150 Hz
> 15
850
IP20
5/backplate bus
0.8
4.5
IEC/EN 61131-2, EN 50178
0…55
–25…70
0.13
4 space units = 1 slot
a Page 4/143
constant, 1g/f = 10 to 150 Hz
> 15
850
IP20
5/back plate bus
0.5
2.5
9.6/19.2/93.75/187.5/500
1200/1200/1200/1000/400
1.5/3/6/12
200/100/100/100
PROFIBUS-DP master
Yes
LED
9.6/19.2/93.75/187.5/500
1200/1200/1200/1000/400
1.5/3/6/12
200/100/100/100
PROFIBUS-DP slave
Yes
PROFIBUS-DP, master (EN 50170)
PROFIBUS-DP, slave (EN 50170 Vol 2)
RS485
LED
RS485
LED
1200 m (depending on data transfer rate)
1 to 125, adjustable through software
244I/244Q, 400 total max.
1200 m (depending on data transfer rate)
PROFIBUS-DP twisted-pair cable ZB4-900-KB1
PROFIBUS-DP twisted-pair cable ZB4-900-KB1
Technical Data
Communication cards
PS416…
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Serial communication card
PS416-COM-200
MODBUS/JBUS communication card
PS416-MOD-200
EN 61131-2, EN 50178
0…55
–25…70
0.18
4 space units = 1 slot
a Page 4/143
5, internal through bus
930
General
Standards
Ambient temperature
Ambient temperature, storage
Weight
Space requirement
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Card power supply
Current consumption with fitted modules
V DC
mA
EN 61131-2, EN 50178
0…55
–25…70
0.18
4 space units = 1 slot
a Page 4/143
5, internal through bus
930
Heat dissipation
W
4.7
4.7
kByte
1 can be plugged in per module: IFM 232.1, IFM
232.2, IFM TTY.1, IFM 485.1, IFM 422.1
0.4
1 can be plugged in per module: IFM 232.1, IFM
422.1
0.4
years
cycles
1 can be connected per card
EEPROM, 32 Kbytes
10
10000
1 can be connected per card
EEPROM, 32 Kbytes
10
10000
°C
°C
kg
Interface modules
Number
Memory requirement for the interface
parameters
Memory modules
Number
Memory medium
Memory life
Number of write operations
PS416-TCS-200
General
Ambient temperature
Ambient temperature, storage
Weight
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Protection type
Supply voltage
Current consumption
Heat dissipation
Operating data
Quantity of modules
Data transfer protocols
Max. no of user data bytes in the telecontrol frame
°C
°C
kg
V DC
A
W
0…55
–25…70
0.18
a Page 4/143
IP20
5, internally via bus
0.83
4.2
Byte
max. 8 modules in the base module carrier
FT 1.2, FT 3 asynchronous (IEC/EN 60870-5)
220
Interfaces
RS232C
Cable recommendation
RS 232 C
Data transfer rate
Handshake lines
Potential isolation
1, with 9-pole SUB-D plug for modem connection
kbit/s
shielded modem cable ZB4-254-KB1, max. cable length 2 m
0.3, 0.6, 1.2, 2.4, 4.8, 9.6, 19.2
RTS, CTS, DTR, DSR, DCD
Yes
Modular PLC PS416
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/151
Technical Data
Technical Data
MI4
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
http://catalog.moeller.net
http://catalog.moeller.net
HMI MI4
MI4-110-KC1
General
Standards
Ambient temperature
Operation
Storage
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Protection type
Vibration resistance
Mechanical shock resistance, shock
duration 11 ms
Keypad/touch screen reliability
Admissible range
Rated current
Fuse
Display
Back-lighting
Type
Screen diagonal
Lines x characters
Resolution
Display area
User-definable characters
Memory
Project flash memory
Recipe memory
Project memory expansion
Interfaces
PLC port (RS 232C/RS 485)
MI4-117-KC1
MI4-110-KD1
MI4-117-KD1
MI4-110-KG2
MI4-130-TA1
MI4-137-TA1
IEC/EN 61131-2, EN 50178
IEC/EN 61131-2, EN 50178
IEC/EN 61131-2, EN 50178
IEC/EN 61131-2, EN 50178
0…50
-20…70
a Page 4/143
IP65, front
0…50
-20…70
a Page 4/143
IP65, front
0…50
-20…70
a Page 4/143
IP65, front
> 15
> 15
> 15
0…50
-20…70
a Page 4/143
IP65, front
0…50
-20…70
a Page 4/143
IP65, front
g
g
> 15
> 15
0…50
-20…70
a Page 4/143
IP65, front
Constant 1 g/f = 0 to 150 Hz
> 15
Ops.
>3000000
>3000000
>3000000
>3000000
>3000000
>3000000
>3000000
>3000000
mm2
2 x 1.5
2 x 1.5
2 x 1.5
2 x 1.5
2 x 1.5
2 x 1.5
2 x 1.5
2 x 1.5
kg
Plug-in screw terminal
1
1
1
1
Plug-in screw terminal
1.1
Plug-in screw terminal
1.1
Plug-in screw terminal
1
Plug-in screw terminal
1
Ue
V DC
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
Ie
V DC
mA
18…30
250
18…30
250
18…30
250
18…30
250
18…30
300
18…30
300
18…30
400
18…30
400
W
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
LED
Monochrome
–
4 x 20
120 x 32
70 x 21
256
LED
Monochrome
–
4 x 20
120 x 32
70 x 21
256
LED
Monochrome
–
4 x 20
120 x 32
70 x 21
256
LED
Monochrome
–
4 x 20
120 x 32
70 x 21
256
LED
Monochrome
–
4 x 20
120 x 32
70 x 21
256
LED
Monochrome
–
4 x 20
120 x 32
70 x 21
256
LED
Monochrome
3.8
16 x 40
320 x 240
77 x 58
256
LED
Monochrome
3.8
16 x 40
320 x 240
77 x 58
256
512
512
512
16
512
16
512
16
512
512
512
32
512
32
SUCOM-A
SUCOM-A,
Programming
SUCOM-A,
Programming
SUCOM-A,
Programming
Yes, a slot is available for modules. The
modules for fieldbus connection must
be ordered separately.
Yes, a slot is available for modules. The
modules for fieldbus connection must
be ordered separately.
No, CAN interface is integrated
Inch
Pixel
mm
KByte
KByte
KByte
SUCOM-A,
Programming
SUCOM-A,
Programming
SUCOM-A,
Programming
SUCOM-A,
Programming
PC/printer port (RS 232C)
AUX port (fieldbus interface)
MI4-110-KG1
0…50
0…50
-20…70
-20…70
a Page 4/143
a Page 4/143
IP65, front
IP65, front
Constant 1 g/f = 0 to 150 Hz
> 15
> 15
Terminal capacities
Connection type
Weights
Power supply
Rated voltage
Touch operator panel
IEC/EN 61131-2, EN 50178
°C
°C
MI4
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Text operator panel
Yes, a slot is available for
modules. The modules
for fieldbus connection
must be ordered
separately.
4/153
No, CAN interface is
integrated
Yes, a slot is available for
modules. The modules
for fieldbus connection
must be ordered
separately.
No, CAN interface
is integrated
Programming
Printer connection
Yes, a slot is available for modules. The
modules for fieldbus connection must
be ordered separately.
512
HMI MI4
4/152
4/154
Technical Data
Switched-mode power supply units
Switched-mode power supply units,
power supply units
SN3
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
SN3-050-BU8
General
Standards
Degree of protection
Enclosures
Terminals
Protection class
Mounting
Mounting position
Heat dissipation
Efficiency
SN3-100-BV8
SN3-200-BV8
SN3-050-EU8
http://catalog.moeller.net
SN3-100-EU8
SN3-200-EU8
EN 61204, 73/23/EWG, 89/336/EWG, EN 50178, EN 60950, UL 60950, UL 508, SELV (EN 60950)
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
W
%
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
according to EN 61140, Class 1
DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715), snap fixing
horizontal
horizontal
typically F 15
typically F 29
88
88
horizontal
typically F 58
88
horizontal
typically F 15
88
horizontal
typically F 29
88
horizontal
typically F 58
88
Dimensions
Width
Height
Depth
mm
mm
mm
57
130
130
200
130
130
57
130
130
90
130
130
200
130
130
Weight
Minimum distance to adjacent devices
kg
mm
0.96
1.07
horizontal 10, vertical 80
2.83
0.96
1.07
2.83
Terminal capacities
Input circuit
Flexible with ferrule
90
130
130
Only operate plug-in terminals off load.
mm2
0.2…2.5 (22…14 AWG)
Flexible without ferrule
mm2
0.2…2.5 (22…14 AWG)
Massive
mm2
0.2…2.5 (22…14 AWG)
mm2
0.12…2.5 (26…14 AWG)
Flexible without ferrule
mm2
0.12…2.5 (26…14 AWG)
Massive
mm2
0.12…2.5 (26…14 AWG)
°C
°C
°C
–25…+70
–25…+70
–25…+70
0…+60 (without derating)
–40…+85
–40…+85
–40…+85
to IEC 60068-2-3, 93% at +40 °C, no condensation
according to EN 50178; 2
according EN 60721; 3K3
1…57 Hz, amplitude g0.075 mm; 57…100 Hz, 5 g
30 g all directions
Output circuit
Flexible with ferrule
Environmental compatibility
Ambient temperature, operation
Ambient temperature, full load
Ambient temperature, storage
Climatic proofing
Pollution degree
Climatic class (IEC)
Vibrations (IEC/EN 60068-2-6)
Mechanical shock resistance (IEC 60068-2-27)
Insulation voltage
Inputs/outputs
Input
Output
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Interference immunity
ESD
RFI
Burst
Surge
Cable-born HF
Emitted interference
Electromagnetic fields
Cable-born HF
2.5…10
(14…8 AWG)
0.5…10
(20…8 AWG)
0.5…16
(22…6 AWG)
0.2…2.5 (22…14 AWG)
2.5…10
(14…8 AWG)
0.5…10
(20…8 AWG)
0.5…16
(22…6 AWG)
0.12…2.5 (26…14 AWG)
0.2…2.5 (22…14 AWG)
0.2…2.5 (22…14 AWG)
0.12…2.5 (26…14 AWG)
0.12…2.5 (26…14 AWG)
2.5…10
(14…8 AWG)
0.5…10
(20…8 AWG)
0.5…16
(22…6 AWG)
2.5…10
(14…8 AWG)
0.5…10
(20…8 AWG)
0.5…16
(22…6 AWG)
–25…+70
–25…+70
–25…+70
–40…+85
–40…+85
–40…+85
3 kV AC (type test), 1.2 kV AC (routine test)
1.5 kV AC (type test), 1.2 kV AC (routine test)
350 V AC (routine test)
EN 61000-6-2
according to EN 61000-4-2, level 4-8KV/15KV
according to EN 61000-4-3, level 3-10 V/m
according to EN 61000-4-4, level 4-4 KV
according to EN 61000-4-5, level 4-2KV symmetrical, Level 3-3KV asymmetrical
according to EN 61000-4-6, level 3-10 V
EN 61000-6-3
according to EN 55022, Class B
according to EN 55022, Class B
Technical Data
Switched-mode power supply units
SN3
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
Input circuit
Rated input voltage
Switch position 110
Switch position 230
Input voltage range
Input voltage range
Switch position 110 V AC
Switch position 230 V AC
Switch position 230 V DC
Supply frequency
Rated value
Range
Current consumption
At 110 … 240 V AC
SN3-050-BU8
SN3-100-BV8
SN3-200-BV8
SN3-050-EU8
SN3-100-EU8
SN3-200-EU8
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
110…240 AC
–
–
85…264 AC
100…350 DC
–
–
–
110-120 AC
220-240 AC
–
–
85-132 AC
184-264 AC
220-350 DC
110-120 AC
220-240 AC
–
–
85-132 AC
184-264 AC
220-350 DC
110…240 AC
–
–
85…264 AC
100…350 DC
–
–
–
110…240 AC
–
–
85…264 AC
100…350 DC
–
–
–
110…240 AC
–
–
85…264 AC
100…350 DC
–
–
–
Hz
Hz
50/60
47…63
50/60
47…63
50/60
47…63
50/60
47…63
50/60
47…63
50/60
47…63
A
Approx. –
Approx. –
Approx.
4.2…4.0
Approx.
2.4…2.2
Normally 269
Approx.
9.0…8.0
Approx.
4.4…4.0
Normally 538
Approx.
2.2…1.2
Approx. –
Approx.
3.5…1.6
Approx. –
Approx.
5.5…2.5
Approx. –
Approx. –
Approx. –
Approx. –
Normally 135
Normally 269
Normally 538
F 33 A /
approx. 0.2 A2s
typically f 40
Normally f 5
Varistors
F 40 A /
approx. 1.9 A2s
typically f 40
Normally f
370
Varistors
Switch position 110 V AC
A
Approx.
2.2…1.2
Approx. –
Switch position 230 V AC
A
Approx. –
W
Normally 135
ms
ms
F 23 A /
approx. 0.9 A2s
typically f 100
Normally f
100
Varistors
F 40 A /
approx. 1.8 A2s
typically f 50
Normally f 10
F 70 A /
approx. 8 A2s
typically f 50
Normally f 20
Varistors
Varistors
F 23 A /
approx. 0.9 A2s
typically f 100
Normally f
100
Varistors
4 AT
6.3 AT
12 AF
4 AT
6.3 AT
12 AF
< 3.5 mA
< 3.5 mA
< 3.5 mA
< 3.5 mA
< 3.5 mA
< 3.5 mA
Power consumption
Inrush current limiter/i2t (cold start)
Mains failure bridging
Run-up time after mains voltage applied
Transient overvoltage protection
Internal input fuse (device protection, not
accessible)
Discharge current to PE
mA
Output circuit
L+, L+, L-, LRated output voltage
Tolerance
Setting range for the output voltage
V
Rated output power
Rated output current Tu F 60 °C
Peak output current (power reserves) Tu F 40 °C
Derating 60 °C F Tu F 70 °C
Control deviation at
Load change 10…90 %, static
Load change 10…90 %, dynamic
Controller acting time
Input voltage deviation g10 %
Rise time 10…90 %
Residual ripple and switching peaks
Can be switched in parallel
Series connection capability
Resistance to reverse feed
Power factor correction (PFC)
Status indication
Overload characteristics
Behaviour on short-circuit
Current limitation at short-circuit
Short-circuit protection
Overload protection
Capacitive load starting
Notes
Proof against short-circuit, no-load and overload
24 DC
24 DC
24 DC
-1…+5 %
-1…+5 %
-1…+5 %
fixed 24 V DC
fixed 24 V DC
fixed 24 V DC
24 DC
24 DC
24 DC
-1…+5 %
-1…+5 %
-1…+5 %
22…28 V DC; ex-works set to 24 V g0.5%
W
A
120
5
120
5
240
10
480
20
A
Normally F
Normally F
Normally F
7.25
12.25
22.5
2.5 % per Kelvin temperature increase
Normally F
7.25
Normally F
12.25
Normally F
22.5
Normally
Normally
ms
g0.1 %
g0.1 %
g0.1 %
g0.05 %
g0.05 %
g0.05 %
g3 %
g3 %
g3 %
g3 %
g3 %
g3 %
ms
A
240
10
480
20
Normally 1
Normally 1
Normally 1
Normally 1
Normally 1
Normally g0.05 % Normally g0.05 % Normally g0.05 % Normally g0.05 % Normally g0.05 %
Normally F 30 Normally F 5
Normally F 15 Normally F 30 Normally F 4
20 MHz typically < 50 mVss
yes, up to 5 devices for redundancy and for power increase, non symetrical current
yes, for voltage increase
yes, limited to approx. 35 V AC
No
OUTPUT OK: LED green
a AWA2727-2317 (www.moeller.net/support)
continuously with current limitation
Approx. 11
Approx. 19
Approx. 25
Proof against sustained short circuit
thermal protection
Not restricted
1) At
Normally 1
Normally g0.05 %
Normally F 12
Yes
a AWA2727-2318 (www.moeller.net/support)
Approx. 11
U f 264 V DC additionally suitable, use external fuse.
Approx. 19
Approx. 25
Switched-mode power supply units,
power supply units
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/155
4/156
Technical Data
Switched-mode power supply units
Switched-mode power supply units,
power supply units
SN3
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
SN3-000-MMEU8
General
Standards
Duty factor
Dimensions (W x H x D)
Weight
Terminal capacities
Flexible with ferrule
Flexible without ferrule
Massive
Degree of protection
Enclosures
Terminals
Protection class
Mounting
Fixing
Vibrations (IEC/EN 60068-2-6)
Mechanical shock resistance (IEC 60068-2-27)
mm2
0.2…2.5 (22…14 AWG)
mm2
0.2…2.5 (22…14 AWG)
mm2
0.2…4 (22…14 AWG)
IP20
IP20
2
Plugged into power supply unit
Snap fastener, tool-less
1…57 Hz, amplitude g0.075 mm, 57…100 Hz, 5 g
5 g all directions
Environmental compatibility
Ambient temperature
Operation
Storage
Climatic proofing
Climatic class (IEC)
Insulation voltage
Rated insulation voltage
Power supply/measuring circuit/relay outputs
Rated impulse withstand voltage between all
insulated circuits
Test voltage between all circuits
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
%
mm
kg
IEC 61204
73/23/EWG
89/336/EWG
EN 50178, EN 60950, UL 60950, UL 508
100
56,25 x 54 x 24 (when mounted)
0.065
°C
°C
–25…+70
–40…+85
93% at +40°C according to IEC 60068-2-3, no condensation
3K3 according to EN 60721
Ui
V AC
Uimp
kV
250 according to IEC 60974-1, EN 50178, VDE 0160
Safe isolation according to EN 50178, EN 60950
4 according to IEC 664, VDE 0110
kV
2.5 AC (routine test)
according to EN 60950, Class 2
Input circuit
Rated input voltage
V
Input voltage range
Input voltage range
Power consumption
Power consumption
V
V
VA
W
110…240 AC / 100…350 DC
(supplied from the input circuit of the power supply)
70…264 AC
80…350 DC
2.5
1.5
mA
m
potential-free
R F 1 kO
R f 10 kO
typically 1 (200 mA for 200 ms)
25
REMOTE-OFF input
Switch off
Switching on
Input current
Cable length
Measuring circuits
INPUT
Monitoring function
Threshold values
Accuracy/tolerance
Hysteresis with respect to the threshold value
Measuring cycle max.
OUTPUT
Monitoring function
Threshold values
Accuracy/tolerance
Hysteresis with respect to the threshold value
Measuring cycle max.
ms
Undervoltage monitoring
85 V AC/90 V DC
-5 % for AC and DC
typically -8 % for AC and -30 % for DC
Normally F 50
%
%
ms
Undervoltage monitoring
20 V DC
1
Normally 5
Normally F 10
%
http://catalog.moeller.net
Technical Data
Switched-mode power supply units
SN3
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
SN3-000-MMEU8
Output circuit
Contacts
Operating principle
Contact material
Rated voltage
Minimum switching current
Maximum switching voltage
Minimum switching current
Maximum switching current
Rated current
AC-12 (resistive) 230 V
AC-15 (inductive) 230 V
DC-12 (resistive) 24 V
DC-13 (inductive) 24 V
Lifespan
Mechanical
Electrical
Short-circuit rating
N/C
N/O
Operating state display
Input K
Output OK
Remote OFF
Notes
Number
V
V
V
mA
A
11-12/14, 21-22/24
2 x 1 changeover contact (relay)
No current principle
AgNi
250 according to VDE 0110, IEC 60947-1
24
250
10
1
1A
1A
1A
1A
30 x 106 switching operations
0.1 x 106 switching operations
A
A
gL
gL
2
2
LED green when relay "Input OK" energised
LED green when relay "Output OK" energised
LED green when relay "Remote OFF“ input R F 1kO
Date at Tu = 25 °C, UIN = 230 V AC and nominal values, when no others are given
Switched-mode power supply units,
power supply units
http://catalog.moeller.net
4/157
Technical Data
Power supply units
Technical Data
Power supply units
Switched-mode power supply units,
power supply units
GD4-…-BD3
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
GD4 power supply units with transformer
GD4-050-BD3
GD4-100-BD3
GD4-150-BD3
General
Protection class
Potential isolation
Supply frequency
Rated value
Range
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Emitted interference
ESD
RFI
Burst
Surge
Surge voltage
Environmental compatibility
Ambient temperature
Ambient temperature, storage
Pollution degree
Vibration
Shock resistance Shock duration 11 ms
Altitude
Protection type
Fixing
Mounting position
Hz
Hz
°C
°C
g
m
http://catalog.moeller.net
GD4-200-BD3
GD4-300-BD3
50/60
–
Class B (EN 55011, 22)
6 kV contact (Level 3), 8 kV air (Level 3), IEC/EN 61000-4-2
10 V/m, modulated, IEC/EN 61000 4-2
Class B (EN 55011, 22)
6 kV contact (Level 3), 8 kV air (Level 3), IEC/EN 61000-4-2
10 V/m, modulated, IEC/EN 61000 4-2
2 kV (Level 3) IEC/EN 61000-4-4
2 kV (Inst. Class 3), IEC/EN 61000-4-5
4.9 kV, IEC EN 60947
2 kV (Level 3) IEC/EN 61000-4-4
2 kV (Inst. Class 3), IEC/EN 61000-4-5
4.9 kV, IEC EN 60947
25…55
-25…85
2, EN 50178
0.075 mm (10 – 57 Hz), 10 cycles, IEC 60068-2-6
15, IEC 60068-2-27 (3 shocks)
Up to 2000 m a.s.l.; observe drating at higher altitudes
IP20
Screw fixing
As required
25…55
-25…85
2, EN 50178
0.075 mm (10 – 57 Hz), 10 cycles, IEC 60068-2-6
15, IEC 60068-2-27 (3 shocks)
Up to 2000 m a.s.l.; observe drating at higher altitudes
IP20
Screw fixing
As required
400
400
400
0.65
0.9
No-load losses
Short-circuit losses
W
W
5
19.6
14.2
28.6
13.9
44.2
V DC
24
24
Residual ripple
Output current (nominal value)
%
A
See current/voltage
characteristic
F3
5
Output current, range at 55 °C
A
Terminal capacities
Solid
Flexible with ferrule
Connections
Notes
GW4-080-BA3
50/60
50…60
400
400
Pick-off g 5 % 380, 400, 420
0.24
0.46
Dimensions
Width
Height
Depth
Weight
GW4 power supply units with transformer
GW4-030-BA3
GW4-050-BA3
1
Yes, VDE 0551, IEC/EN 60742, SELV
V AC
V AC
A
GW4-…-BA3
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
1
Yes, VDE 0551, IEC/EN 60742, SELV
Input voltage
Rated value
Range
Input currentnominal value per phase
Output voltage
Rated value
Tolerance
Tolerance
http://catalog.moeller.net
GW4-100-BA3
1.8
230
230
0.45
230
230
0.8
230
230
1.2
230
230
1.4
25.5
59
38.2
55.5
7.6
15.5
9
29.7
12.8
32.7
10.2
35
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
See current/voltage
characteristic
F3
10
See current/voltage
characteristic
F3
15
See current/voltage
characteristic
F3
20
See current/voltage
characteristic
F3
30
See current/voltage
characteristic
F5
3
See current/voltage
characteristic
F5
5
See current/voltage
characteristic
F5
8
See current/voltage
characteristic
F5
10
0–5
0 – 10
0 – 15
0 – 20
0 – 30
0–3
0–5
0–8
0 – 10
mm2
mm2
0.5 – 4
0.5 – 2.5
Screw connection
0.5 – 4
0.5 – 2.5
Screw connection
0.5 – 4
0.5 – 2.5
Screw connection
0.5 – 4
0.5 – 2.5
Screw connection
0.5 – 4
0.5 – 2.5
Screw connection
0.5 – 4
0.5 – 2.5
Screw connection
0.5 – 4
0.5 – 2.5
Screw connection
0.5 – 4
0.5 – 2.5
Screw connection
0.5 – 4
0.5 – 2.5
Screw connection
mm
mm
mm
kg
125
73
140
155
82
170
4,4
155
97
170
5,8
190
105
225
7,6
190
115
240
11,2
85
90
122
2
85
98
135
2,5
106
100
151
3,65
121
105
169
4,45
1) Derating
From +44 to +55 °C, linear characteristic
From 100 % to 93 % output
4/159
Switched-mode power supply units,
power supply units
4/158
Technical data, dimensions
Power supply units
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
http://catalog.moeller.net
GW4-...-BA3
Moeller HPL0211-2007/2008
GD4-200-BD3
GD4-300-BD3
GW4 power supply units with transformer
GW4-030-BA3
GW4-050-BA3
GW4-080-BA3
GW4-100-BA3
V
A
3 x 400
0.24
3 x 400
0.46
3 x 400
0.65
3 x 400
0.9
3 x 400
1.8
230
0.45
230
0.8
230
1.2
230
1.4
A
PKZM0-0.25
0.24
PKZM0-0.63
0.46
PKZM0-1
0.65
PKZM0-1
0.9
PKZM0-2.5
1.8
PKZM0-0.63
0.45
PKZM0-1
0.8
PKZM0-1,6
1.2
PKZM0-1,6
1.4
FAZ-S1/1
K
FAZ-S1/1
K
FAZ-S1/1
FAZ-S1/1
FAZ-S2/1
FAZ-S1/1
K
FAZ-S1/1
FAZ-S2/1
FAZ-S2/1
e
for 230 V or 400 V AC (primary side) and a load current
of I = 0 A up to rated current 1 x Ie
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
e
U1
I1
http://catalog.moeller.net
GD4 power supply units with transformer
GD4-050-BD3
GD4-100-BD3
GD4-150-BD3
Current/voltage characteristics
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
1
0
1
0
GW4-...
130
a
b1
f
b ± 51)
b1
A) Maximum space requirements
SN3-000-MMEU8
GD4-...
Part no.
57
c + 51)
24
SN3-050
SN3-100
SN3-200
a
[mm]
57
90
200
b1
b ± 51)
a
e
c + 51)
130
g
SN3-050
SN3-100
SN3-200
54
Switched-mode power supply units,
power supply units
GD4-...-BD3
Fuse specification
Input voltage
Input current
Circuit-breaker
PKZ
Current setting
Miniature circuit-breaker
FAZ
Short-circuit protection only
4/161
Technical data, dimensions
Power supply units
Switched-mode power supply units,
power supply units
4/160
Part no.
GW4030-BA§
050-BA3
080-BA3
100-BA3
GD4050-BD3
100-BD3
150-BD3
200-BD3
300-BD3
a
b
b1
c
e
f
g
85
85
106
121
85
93
95
100
74
83
87
86
130
130
146
164
64
64
80.5
90
60.5
69
69.5
70
4.8
4.8
5.8
5.8
125
155
155
190
190
68
77
92
100
110
61
77
92
83
103
135
165
165
220
235
100
130
130
170
170
45
57
72
58
78
5
8
8
8
8